DEPARTMENT OF
CONSERVATION AND
LAND MANAGEMENT

VOLUME

9

NUMBER 1

19 9 3

Western Australian Herbarium
Department of Conservation and Land Management
Como, Western Australia

CONTENTS

Page

New series, subsenes, species and subspecies of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from

Western Australia and from South Australia. By M.I.H. Brooker and S.D. Hopper 1

Acacia Miscellany 7. Acacia sulcata and related taxa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)

in Western Australia. By R.S. Cowan 69

Acacia Miscellany 8. Acacia masliniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae:

Section Plurinen’es ), a new species of Western Australia. By R.S. Cowan 79

Acacia Miscellany 9. The taxonomic status of Acacia coriacea (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae: Section Plurinerves). By R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin 83

A new species of Restionaceae from south-western Western Australia.

By K.W. Dixon, K.A. Meney and J.S. Pate 91

Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla (Rutaceae),

new species from south-west Western Australia. By F.H. Mollemans 95

The status, ecology and relationships of Meziella (Haloragaceae).

By A.E. Orchard and G.J. Keighery 1 1 1

Thomasia glabripetala (Sterculiaceae), a new species from south-west

Western Australia. By S.J. Patrick 1 19

Croninia kingiana (Epacridaceae), a change in status for Leucopogon kingianus.

By J.M Powell 123

Cytological notes in Rutaceae. 1: Boronia tenuis. By Helen M. Stace and S.J. Patrick 131

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 8 Number 3 133

Correction: Nuytsia 8(3):338 134

Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora 134

Notes for Authors 135

Editor

Kevin F. Kenneally

Editorial Advisory Committee

N.S. Lander
T.D. Macfarlane
N.G. Marchant
Paul G. Wilson

Editorial Assistant

J.W. Searle

Western Australian Herbarium,
Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Cover

Nuytsia floribunda (Labill.) R. Br. ex Fenzl (Loranthaceae) - the Western Australian Christmas Tree is one of the few
aborescent mistletoes in the world. This endemic tree is a semi-parasite common in sandy soil from the Murchison River to
Israelite Bay, The journal is named after the plant, which in turn commemorates Pieter Nuijts, an ambassador of the Dutch East
India Company, who in 1627 accompanied the "Guide Zeepard" on one of the first explorations along the south coast of
Australia.

Cover design by Sue Marais

Photograph A.S. George

Nuytsia9(l): 1-68(1993)

1

New series, subseries, species and subspecies of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae)
from Western Australia and from South Australia

M.I.H. Brooker 1 and S.D. Hopper

'CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601
department of Conservation and Land Management. PO Box 51. Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065
(Current address: Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005)

Abstract

New series, subseries, species and subspecies of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia
and from South Australia. Nuytsia 9 (1): 1-68 (1993), Three new series, six new subseries, twenty-
two new species and twenty new subspecies of Eucalyptus are described. New taxa are treated in the
order and nomenclature of the Flora of Australia Volume 19 (1988) from which we deviate only when
we consider an updated treatment necessary. The new series Falcatae is erected and divided into two
subseries, Falcatae and Decipientes. The series Micrantherae s.s. is expanded to include the new
subseries _Bakerianae, and a new series Balladonienses is erected. E. lane-poolei of series Curviptera
is segregated in the new E subseries Inflexae , E. caesia in the new E. series Caesiae, while E, series
Orbifoliae comprises the remaining Minni Ritchi species. A new subseries Cupreanae is erected in
E. series Lucasianae. Diagnostic notes on each taxonomic series are given at the head of the relevant
groups of species throughout the paper. The new taxa are illustrated, except for E, ebbanoensis subsp.
photina and E. marginata subsp. thalassica for which leaf colour and leaf gloss are the diagnostic
characters, E. marginata subsp. elegantella and E. macrocarpa subsp. elachantha for which habit, bark
characters and leaf, bud and fruit dimensions are the diagnostic characters and E. decipiens subspp.
chalara and adesmophloia for which bark characters only are diagnostic. Distribution maps are
provided. All the new taxa are endemic to Western Australia except for E. glomerosa and E. kingsmillii
subsp. alatissima, both of which extend into the desert region of South Australia.

Introduction

This paper is the second in a series of three major papers in which we describe and classify various
new Eucalyptus taxa, all but two of which in this paper are endemic to Western Australia. The first of
these studies was a revision of Eucalyptus redunca, E. wandoo and related species (Brooker & Hopper
1991). A following paper will present a large-scale revision of the species related to E. cornuta. This
current paper treats a large number of taxa spread over many taxonomic series.

2

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 ( 1 993)

We are not satisfied that any published formal classifications of the genus Eucalyptus adequately
deal with many groups of species which we treat herein. Hence, we have erected new series and
subseries where needed.

Our initial data are derived largely from our extensive field experience, the eucalypt collections in
the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) and the CSIRO Division of Plant Industry (CANB) and
from discussions with colleagues and other collectors. In addition, we have relied to a large extent upon
glasshouse trials to complete the comparative morphological studies on seedling morphology.

Many of the new species occur over a relatively wide range and are in sufficient abundance or in
protected areas that they are in no danger of extinction. Some are of restricted distribution in
agricultural areas but their occurrence on land unsuitable for farming, e.g. lateritic breakaways, may
save them and their associated vegetation from being cleared. One of the species of restricted
distribution. E. angularis, produces apparently healthy buds and flowers but is not known to have set
seed. Tests may indicate that the two populations are actually proliferations of single individuals, but
its distinctiveness is worthy of taxonomic recognition.

Most of the descriptive terms used in the digests for species are explained and illustrated in Brooker
& Kleinig ( 1 990). It is of particular value to recognise the tree/mallet distinction, the latter being a habit
form peculiar to Western Australia. For an account of our taxonomic concepts, materials and methods,
and background information on studies on Western Australian eucalypts, see Brooker & Hopper
(1991).

Taxonomic treatment

Eucalyptus ser. Ebbanoenses Chippendale, FI. Australia 19:497 (1988). Type: E. ebbanoensis
Maiden.

The monotypic E. ser. Ebbanoenses belongs in the informal E. subgen. Eudesmia (R. Br.) Pryor &
Johnson (1971). The series is diagnosed by the following: smooth-barked mallee, reniform cotyledons,
hairy juvenile leaves, adult leaves with prominent side veins and no tertiary veining and with numerous
island oil glands, axillary, 3-flowered inflorescences, stamens in 4 bundles, fruits with a broad level
disc, 3 valves to rim level and smooth or lacunose black seeds.

Key to taxa of E. ser. Ebbanoenses

1. Adult leaves dull ....

1 . Adult leaves glossy

E. ebbanoensis subsp. ebbanoensis
.... 1. E. ebbanoensis subsp. photina

1. Eucalyptus ebbanoensis subsp. photina Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

A subspecie typica foliis nitentibus differt.

Typus: Nanson Road. 28°34'S, 1 14°43'E, 12 Mar. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9195 & S.D. Hopper (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB. NSW, MEL).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper. Eucalyptus

3

It differs from the typical subspecies in the very glossy adult leaves.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 13 miles E of Eradu Siding, 26 Oct. 1974,
J.S. Beard 7160 (PERTH); Burma Road Nature Reserve, 26 Jan. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7944 (CANB,
PERTH); breakaway SSEofMt Horner. 4 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8817 (CANB , PERTH); Nanson
Road, 12 Mar. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9195 (CANB); Mt Michael, 12 Mar. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9196
(CANB); c. 500 m SE of Mt Michael (28°55'S, 1 14°58'E), 12 Mar. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9199 &
S.D. Hopper (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 17.7 km E of Burma Road on road to Walkaway, 17 Mar.
1986, AL/.//. Brooker 9201 (CANB); 3.7 miles E of Eradu Siding, 17Mar. 1968, G.M. Chippendale
323 (CANB, PERTH); 4.4 km NE of Moonyoonooka turn-off from Nanson-Geraldton Road,
Heinrich's farm. East Morsebv Range, 25 Aug. 1983, R.J. Cranjield 2937 (CANB, PERTH); 27 miles
E of Walkaway. 4 Sep. 1966,/L S. George 7854 (PERTH); Royce’sfarm, Howatharra, NEof Geraldton.
27 Aug. 1980, G.J. Keighery 3208 (PERTH); 4.2 km S of Nanson on Murphy Norris Rd, 28°36'S,
1 14°46'E, 18 July 1989, A. Napier & A. Kelly 508 (CANB, PERTH); Gravel pit on Mullewa Rd opposite
Wicherena Water Res., 19 July 1 989, A. Napier & A. Kelly 5 1 0 (PERTH); 11.2kmSdown Casuarina
Rd from Geraldton-Mullewa Rd, 19 July 1989, A. Napier. A. Kelly & P. Ryan (PERTH); 76 miles E
of Geraldton, 26 Oct. 1974, E. Wittwer W1577 (PERTH).

Distribution. North and east ot Geraldton, particularly in the Morseby Range on breakaways. Western
Australia (Figure I ).

Conservation status. Uncommon but secure in some conservation reserves, and in need of monitoring
(Priority 5 in Hopper et al. (1990)).

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Greek photeinos - shiny, as descriptive of the leaves compared to the widespread
typical form.

Notes. The typical subspecies has a remarkably wide distribution in contrasting environments from
near Geraldton eastwards to the Great Victoria Desert while subsp. photina is restricted to lateritic
breakaways in the vicinity of the Moresby Range and Eradu and south to Walkaway and Mt Michael.
It grows with E. arachnaea Brooker & Hopper.

Eucalyptus ser. Occidentales Blakely, "A Key to the Eucalypts" 40, 171 (1934).

Lectotype (fide Chippendale 1988); E. marginata Donn ex Smith

The E. series Occidentales belongs in the informal E. subgenus Monocalyptus Pryor & Johnson.
In Blakely (1934) the series comprised E. sepulcralis, E. buprestium, E. stueri and E. marginata. In
Chippendale (1988) it is made up of E. brevistylis, E. jacksonii, E. marginata (lectotype there chosen)
and E. staeri. In a recent informal classification of Western Australian Monocalyptus (Ladiges et al.
1987) these species were divided between different sections. We believe, therefore, that the
Occidentales as defined by Blakely and by Chippendale are not a natural group and it would be
exceeding the purpose of this paper to provide a key to a large, arbitrary group of species. The following
two new subspecies are a division of the type species for the series.

4

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 1. Distribution of taxa Nos 1-13
Key to subspecies of E. marginata
1. Adult leaves glossy, green to dark green

2. Adult leaves broadly lanceolate, >10 x 2 cm E. marginata subsp. marginata

2. Adult leaves lanceolate, <10 x 2 cm (often <1.5 cm wide) .. 2. E. marginata subsp. elegantella

1 . Adult leaves dull, grey to bluish 3. E. marginata subsp. thalassica

2. Eucalyptus marginata Donn ex Smith subsp. elegantella Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

A subspecie typica foliis adultis parvioribus angustioribus et habitu parviore compacto differt.

Typus: Darling Scarp, ca. 3 km due west of Jarrahdale, Atkinson’s property, 32°20'S, 116°01'E,
30 Mar. 1991, S.D. Hopper 7916 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the smaller, narrower adult leaves (to 9 x 2 cm but often
<1.5 cm wide) and smaller more compact habit.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

5

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Forrestfield, 10 Nov. \965, A. S. George s.n.
(PERTH); 4 km SSW of Serpentine, 5 Aug. 1982, G.J. Keighery 5043 (PERTH); type locality, 30 Mar.
1991, S.D. Hopper 7917 (PERTH).

Distribution. Apparently confined to the foot of the Darling Scarp between Perth and Serpentine on
Ridge Hill Shelf lateritic loams (Figure 1).

Conser\>ation status. Poorly known.

Flowering period. Late spring-early summer.

Etymology. The diminutive of the Latin elegans (elegant) in reference to the fine leaves and small habit
compared with the typical form of jarrah.

Notes. E. marginata subsp. elegantella is a compact small tree, usually less than 8 m tall, with
characteristically narrow leaves. It is conspicuous along the South West Highway southwards from
Byford. It appears to be confined to granitic clays associated with the slope and foot of the Darling
Scarp. It often occurs with E. calophylla and sometimes with E. lane-poolei.

3. Eucalyptus marginata Donn ex Smith subsp. thalassica Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 100 (1990).

A subspecie typica foliis adulds thalassicis et constanter habitu umbrato differt.

Typus: Baker’s Hill, 34°45'S, 116°27’E, 27 Aug. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6496 & E. Bettenay (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Differing from the typical subspecies in the grey or bluish adult leaves and consistently umbrageous
habit.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: type locality, 27 Aug. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker
6497, 6498, 6499 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); between Hay Flat and Bindoon, 28 Aug. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker
8286 (CANB, PERTH); Kardinya, ± 9 miles S of Perth, 4 Feb. 1969, A.S. George 9249 (PERTH);
Above S side of McKnoe Creek, 32°54'S, 115°58'E, 24 Oct. 1988, L. Johnson 9125 & B. Briggs
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2.5 km W of junction of Great Southern & Great Eastern Hwys, 31°53'S,
1 16°17'E, 3 Nov. 1988, L. Johnson 921 1 & B. Briggs (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Bartlett’s Well, 25 km
N of Gin Gin, 27 Jan. 1987, G. Keighery 9853 (PERTH); Clackline, 20 km WofToodyay, 19Sep. 1988,
G.J. Keighery 10526 (CANB, PERTH); 22 mile peg Albany Highway, 13 July 1970, B. Rockel
(FRI 18672) (CANB); Jarrahdale, 8 Feb. 1928, W.R. Wallace s.n. (CANB).

Distribution. The northern Darling Range, Western Australia (Figure 1).

Conservation status. Common and widespread.

Flowering period. As for the typical subspecies - early summer.

6

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Etymology. The name refers to the colour of the leaf (Greek thalassicos - sea-coloured).

Notes. E. marginata subsp. thalassica is the common form of jarrah in most of its northern Darling
Range distribution (the new taxon does not occur in the Mt Lesueur area) and is readily seen along the
roads to New Norcia and Northam and along the Brookton Highway. In the Bakers Hill area it has a
notably pendulous habit of the branches. Despite its abundance, it is poorly represented in herbaria.

Two monocalypts of uncertain affinity

In the most recent classification of the western monocalypts, Chippendale (1988) used seven
taxonomic series, three of which are monotypic and the remainder we believe to be heterogeneous. The
following two new monocalypts cannot be placed in this classification.

The previous year (1987) Ladiges et al. produced an informal system based on a study of 40
characters of the seed, cotyledons, seedlings, habit, adult leaves, flowers and fruit. Because of limited
material, we cannot place E. angularis in this system. E. dolorosa, on the other hand, fits in the weakly
resolved clade comprising the informal supersedes " Bupresticae" and "Todtianicae" and, with further
material available to us, we elaborate later on its taxonomic relationships.

4. Eucalyptus dolorosa Brooker and Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 2)

Brooker & Kleinig, “Field Guide to Eucalypts” 2: 418 (1990).

Frutex ("mallee") ad 2.5m altus cortice in caulibus maturis fibroso. Folia adultapetiolata, lanceolata
vel raro falcata, ad 10 x 2 cm, concoloria, Ieviter nitentia, viridia; laterinervi costae concatenati visi;
reticulum moderate densum venis tertiariis finitis quaterniariis apparenter incompletis; glandulae
numerosae discretae. Inflorescentiae axillares atque non ramosae vel fasciculatae in extremitatibus
efoliosis ramulorum; pedunculi plus minusve tereti, ad 1.5 cm longi ferentes 7-flores. Alabastra in
pedicellis longis, rhomboidea, ad 0.9 x 0.6 cm, operculo leviterrostrato singulo. Stamina numerosissima
(circa in quoque alabastro 300), varie inflexa, omnia fertilia; antherae dorsifixae, versatiles, oblongae,
rimis longitudinalibus dehiscentes, glande prominenti, terminali. Stylus glandifer; stigma apparenter
lobum. Ovula verticaliter 2-seriata. Fructus in pedicellis ad 0.7 cm longis, cupulati vel truncati-globosi,
Ieviter contracti ad summum, latiores quam longiores, ad 1 x 1.4 cm.

Typus: Mt Misery, 30°41'S, 1 15°37'E, 18 Aug. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9774 & P.M.Grayling (holo:
PERTH; iso; AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee to 2.5 m tall with thin, outer grey and inner yellowish, rough bark on older stems. Juvenile
/eaves petiolate, alternating, broadly falcate, to 1 1 x 4.5 cm, dull, conspicuously light bluish grey. Adult
leaves petiolate, alternating, lanceolate or rarely falcate, up to 10x2 cm, concolorous, slightly glossy,
green; side veins seen to be linked with the midrib (cf. E. lateritica)', reticulation moderately dense with
finite tertiary and incomplete quaternary veining; oil glands numerous, several per areole, island.
Inflorescences axillary and unbranched usually clustered at the leafless ends of branchlets; peduncles
more or less terete, up to 1 .5 cm long with 7 flowers. Buds on long pedicels up to 1 cm long, rhomboid,
up to 0.9 x 0.6 cm, with a single slightly beaked operculum. Stamens very numerous (c. 300 per bud),
variously flexed, all fertile; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, oblong, dehiscing by longitudinal slits, with
a prominent terminal gland. Style glandular; stigma apparently lobed. Flowers white. Ovules in 2

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper. Eucalyptus

1

Figure 2. E. dolorosa- buds and leaves ( MIHB 9873), and fruits (L. Sweedman 5724)

vertical rows. Fruit on pedicels to 0.7 cm long, cupular to truncate-globose and slightly contracted at
the rim, wider than long, to I x 1 .4 cm; valves 4, to rim level. Seed brown, pyramidal, winged, with
terminal hilum.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality. 1 8 Aug. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker
9741, 9742, 9743 (CANB); 3 Dec. 1987. M.I.H. Brooker 9829 (CANB, PERTH); 1 Feb. 1988,
M.I.H. Brooker 9973 (CANB), 9874 (MEL), 9875 (NSW); 3 Mar. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker999\ (CANB,
PERTH); 14 Feb. 1991, L. Sweedman 5724 (KP, PERTH).

Distribution. Mt Misery, between Cataby and Dandaragan, Western Australia, where it occurs within
a hectare including the flat mesa top and the southern slope in 5 or 6 clumps, each consisting of several
apparent individuals (Figure 1).

Conservation status. Vulnerable, confined to a single remnant of native vegetation on private land left
uncleared by the current owners for soil and nature conservation. Declared as Rare Flora (Hopper et al.
1990).

Flowering period. March.

Etymology. The specific epithet simply alludes to the only known occurrence of this species, viz. Mt
Misery (Latin, dolorosus - sorrowful).

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Notes. In Feb. 1991 E. dolorosa was found in fruit for the first time by Luke Svveedirian and Roger Fryer
of Kings Park and Botanic Garden, having flowered without producing fruit in the previous four years
following its discovery. The size and shape of the fruit do not indicate any obvious affinity with other
species of western monocalypts. The seed, however, are winged and this feature places E. dolorosa
with E. buprestium, E. ereetifolia, E. lateritica, E. todtiana, and E. johnsoniana (these making a clade
in Ladiges, Humphries and Brooker 1987). Only four seeds were harvested in the recent collection.
Germination and seedling study have not yet been made to seek further indications of affinity.

Adult leaf venation and oil gland characters were not studied in Ladiges etal., but they shed some
light on this previously unresolved clade. E. buprestium and E. ereetifolia are very similar in these leaf
characters (strong tertiary venation and obscure or no oil glands), with E. todtiana closely similar to
them. The remaining three species, having distinct oil glands in the leaves, are divergent. E. lateritica
and E. dolorosa have many oil glands and the most reduced tertiary venation. E. johnsoniana, with
a distinct reticulation of tertiary veinlets and distinct oil glands, may lie in between.

E. dolorosa persists on a refugial site similar to species such as E. suberea and E. lateritica in Mt
Lesueur National Park. It is probable that E. dolorosa is a relict species barely surviving extinction due
to drying climate in the late Pleistocene.

5. Eucalyptus angularis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 3)

Brooker & Kleinig, “Field Guide to Eucalypts” 2: 418 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" ad 3 m altus cortice aspera vel squamea cinerea ad basin vel ad 1 m. Ramulosae
exiles angulares. Folia adulta petiolata alternantia, elliptica vel falcata vel lanceolata, attentuata saepe
uncinata, 6-10 x 1.5 cm, plus minusve concoloria sed aspectu leviter dorsiventrali marginibus minute
recurvatis. Inflorescentiae axillares non ramosae, ad 11-florae. Pedunculi exiles, angulati vel
complanati, ad 1.2 cm longi. Alabastra pedicellata, fusiformia, matura non visa. Ovula verticaliter
2-seriata. Fructus seminaque non visa.

Typus: Mt Benia, SW slope, 30°14'S, 1 15°I6'E, 3 Mar. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8013 & S.D. Hopper
(holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallee to 3 m tall with rough or flaky grey bark at the base only or up to 1 m. Branchlets slender,
angular. Juvenile leaves not seen. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, elliptical to falcate or lanceolate,
tapering to a fine point, sometimes uncinate, 6-10 x 1 .5 cm, more or less concolorous, but appearing
slightly dorsiventral by the minutely recurved edges, glossy, green; reticulation dense with finite
tertiary and incomplete quaternary veining, oil glands numerous, small, island and intersectional.
Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, to 11-flowered. Two principal bracts prominent early in
inflorescence development by the strongly beaked tips. Peduncles slender, angular or flattened, 1-2 cm
long. Buds pedicellate, fusiform, not seen mature. Some outer stamens erect, others variously flexed.
Anthers probably opening by non-confluent slits. Flowers not seen. Ovules in 2 vertical rows. Fruit
and seed not seen.

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W side of canyon, NE of Mt Lesueur, 1 Mar.
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7984 & S.D. Hopper (CANB, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution. Known only from the two localities cited, both lateritic breakaways, where it consists at
both sites as a single clump of mallees emergent in low heath (Figure 1).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

9

Figure 3. E. angularis - adult leaves and young bud clusters (x0.5) ( MIHB 7984)

Conservation status. Vulnerable, with one clump in Mt Lesueur National Park. Its possible hybrid
origin has precluded listing on the schedule of Declared Rare Flora under current Conservation & Land
Management policy (Hopper et al. 1990).

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Latin angularis, angular, referring to the branchlets.

Notes. E. angularis appears to have affinity with no other western monocalypt. The small, slightly
dorsi ventral, glossy, green, often falcate adult leaves resemble somewhat those of the eastern
stringybarks (E. ser. Pachyphloiae ) but the dense veining of the leaves suggests no affinity to these
species. There is a possibility that it is an extremely rare hybrid of E. marginata and perhaps E. exilis
or E. pendens. However, this hypothesis requires detailed investigation.

Eucalyptus ser. Accedentes Chippendale, FI. Australia 19:495 (1988). Type: E. accedens W. Fitzg.

The E. ser. Accedentes belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus (Schauer) Pryor &
Johnson. It is diagnosed by the following: cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets glandular, juvenile
leaves petiolate, inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 7 or more flowered, stamens inflexed, anthers
versatile, dorsifixed, oblong, opening by longitudinal slits, ovules in 4 vertical rows on placenta, seed
grey to grey-brown, compressed-ovoid to flattish, slightly flanged and smooth to slightly reticulate.

10

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Key to species of E. ser. Accedentes

1 . Tree

2. Bark pink to white; leaves lanceolate to broadly lanceolate,

blue-grey to blue-green E. accedens

2. Bark yellow to white; leaves lanceolate to falcate, green E. laeliae

1. Mallee

3. Leaves dull, grey to blue-grey E. trivalvis

3. Leaves glossy green,

4. Bark rough, tightly held over most of stems 6. E. zopherophloia

4. Bark rough at butt or loosely rough or wholly smooth

5. Branchlets, buds, fruit glaucous E. pruiniramis

5. Branchlets, buds, fruit not glaucous

6. Erect-stemmed mallee with loose flaky rough bark; fruit

cupular to barrel-shaped (to 0.7x 0.6 cm) 7. E. leprophloia

6. Spreading mallee with mostly smooth stems

7. Valves of fruit exserted, fruit obconical, to 1.2 x 1.3 cm E. prominens

7. Valves of fruit enclosed; fruit cylindrical, to 1.5 x 0.9 cm E. pilbarensis

6. Eucalyptus zopherophloia Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 4)

Brooker & Kleinig, “Field Guide to Eucalypts” 2: 127 (1990).

Frutex “mallee” ad Eucalyptum seriem Accedentes Chippendale pertinens, habitatione calcareo,
habitu "mallee" effuso, cortice basi non-decorticato firmo, foliis adultis viridibus nitentibus distinguitur.

Typus: 31.7 km N of Coolimba on Cliff Head Road, 29°33'S, 1 14°58'E, 2 Nov. 1986, M/.H. Brooker
9560 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Spreading mallee to 4 m tall with rough, grey-black, firm, fibrous bark on lower half or over whole
of stems. Forming lignotubers. Cotyledons bisected. Seedling leaves petiolate, decussate, remaining
opposite for 4-6 pairs, lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, to 6 x 3 cm, blue-green, dull. Adult leaves
petiolate, alternating, narrowly lanceolate, to 10 x 1.3 cm, concolorous, dull to slightly glossy, light
green; reticulation sparse to moderate, with numerous, large island oil glands. Inflorescences axillary,
unbranched, to 1 l-flowered; peduncles slightly angular to flattened, 0.3- 1 .3 cm long. Buds pedicellate,
ovoid to clavate, to 0.8 x 0.4 cm; bi-operculate; inner operculum hemispherical to shallowly conical,
slightly shorter than hypanthium. Flowers creamy- white. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits pedicellate,
obconical or less often cupular, to 1 x 1 cm; rim thin; disc descending; valves (3)4, to just below rim
level.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 7.6 km S of Dongara-Mingenew Road on
Brand Highway, 20 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7575 (CANB, PERTH); Cliff Head Road at rail
crossing, 24 Jan. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 7931 (CANB, PERTH); Cliff Head Road, west of Brand
Highway (20°28'S, 1 15°01'E), 23 Jan. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 8403 & S.D. Hopper (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); Cliff Head Road turn-off on Brand Highway, 28 Aug. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8634 (CANB,

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

1 1

PERTH);2.1 km N of Cliff Head Road turn-off on Brand Highway, 4 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8821,
8824, 8825 (CANB); Brand Highway, Cliff Head Road turn-off, 3 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8826,
8827, 8828, 8829, 8830 (CANB); c. 300 m S of Cliff Head turn-off on Brand Highway, 6 May 1986,

M. I.H. Brooker 9264 (CANB, PERTH); c. 200 m S of Cliff Head turn-off on Brand Highway, 8 May
1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9279 (CANB, PERTH); Brand Highway, 0.4 km S of Cliff Head turn-off, west
of road, 2 1 July 1 986, M.I.H. Brooker9394 , 9395,9396, 9397, 9398 (CANB); 28.3 km N of Coolimba
on Cliff Head Road, 2 1 Nov. 1986. M.I.H. Brooker 9559 (CANB, PERTH); Cliff Head Road, west of
Brand Highway (29°28’S, 1 15°01'E), 23 Jan. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8403 and S.D. Hopper (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); 5 miles from turn-off to Eneabba, W of Three Springs, 15 Mar. 1968, S.G.M. Carr 355
(PERTH); 13.9 miles from Eneabba turn-off on Eneabba Road, 15 Mar. 1968, S.G.M. Carr 358, 359
(PERTH); 3 km S of junction of Three Springs West Road with Eneabba-Mingenew Rd, 20 Oct. 1982,
J. Coleby-Williams 271 A (PERTH); 5 km on Cliff Head Road. 28 Oct. 1978, H. Demarz 7154
(PERTH); 43 mile peg Geraldton-Mullewa (c. 69 km E of Geraldton towards Mullewa, 8 May 1964,
A.R. Fairall 1481a (PERTH); Cliff Head turn-off, Brand Highway, S of Dongara, 6 Nov. 1975,
A.S. George 142 10 (PERTH ); 2.6 km E of Greenhead-Leeman Bodycoat Road, 26 km W of Eneabba,
19 Sep. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3386 (PERTH); 1.7 km E of Brand Highway, 20 Sep. 1983, S.D. Hopper
3392 (PERTH); 13 km N of Coolimba on road to Cliff Head, 29°44'30" S, 1 14°58’40" E, 1 1 May 1989,
A. Napier & A. Kelly 433 (PERTH); 2 km E of Brand Highway junction along Mt Adams road, 20 Feb.
1989, P. Roberts 906 (PERTH); 7 miles along Eneabba Road from Geraldton Highway, 1 Mar. 1966,
E.M. Scryrngeour 264 and S.G.M. Carr (PERTH); 6 miles N of Green Grove-Arrowsmith River, 1952,

N. H. Speck 708 1 (PERTH).

Distribution. Coastal, on calcareous sand between Arrowsmith and White Point, Western Australia
(Figure 1) and associated with E. erythrocorys, E. foecunda. E. obtusiflora, Acacia rostellifera and
A. xanthina.

Figure 4. E. zopherophloia - buds (MIHB 9560) and fruit (MIHB 8825)

12

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Conservation status. Uncommon but adequately surveyed and in need of monitoring (Priority 5 in
Hopper et al. (1990)).

Flowering period. November-January.

Etymology. The name refers to the dark, rough bark (Greek zopheros - dusky and phloia - bark).

Notes. E. zopherophloia occurs in reasonable abundance south of Cliff Head but is more accessible
on the Brand Highway about 200-300 m south of the turn-off to Cliff Head. In the immediate vicinity
of this corner, it may be confused with E. loxophleba Benth. with which it probably hybridises.
E. loxophleba always has very glossy leaves with the intramarginal vein remote from the margin. The
oil glands in the leaves of E. loxophleba are smaller and more numerous.

7. Eucalyptus leprophloia Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 5)

Brooker & Kleinig, “Field Guide to Eucalypts” 2: 128 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" Eucalypto zopherophloiae Brooker & Hopperaffims aquahabitatione non calareo,
habitu erecto, cortice ad basin laxe squamoso non fibroso, foliis adultis angustis, glandulis oleosis
apparenter intersectionibus, et fructibus parvioribus (ad 0.7 x 0.6 cm) saepissime cupulatis differt.

Typus: Hi-Vallee farm, N of Badgingarra, 30°07'S, 1 15°24'E, 16 July 1986, M.l.H. Brooker 9392
(holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Erect mallee to 5 m tall with scaly, curly partly decorticated rough but not fibrous bark to 1 m,
smooth grey over pale coppery above. Forming lignotubers. Cotyledons bisected. Seedling leaves
petiolate, decussate, remaining opposite for 4 or 5 pairs, ovate to deltoid, to 8 x 6 cm, light green to bluish
green, dull. Adult leaves alternating, petiolate, lanceolate, to 14 x 2.5 cm, concolorous, dull ; reticulation
dense, incomplete, with numerous, mostly mtersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched,
to 1 1-flowered; peduncles flattened, to 1 cm long. Buds pedicellate, ovoid, to 0.7 x 0.4 cm, bi-
operculate; inner operculum hemispherical to obtusely conical, slightly shorter than hypanthium.
Flowers creamy-white. Ovules in 4 vertical rows on placenta. Fruits shortly pedicellate, cupular, to
0.7 x 0.6 cm; rim thin to moderately thick; disc descending; valves 3 or 4, to rim level.

Figure 5. E. leprophloia - buds (MIHB 9392) and fruit ( M1HB 8823)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

13

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 19 Aug. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker
7567 (CANB. PERTH) and 21 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7648, 7 649 (CANB, PERTH); 4 Feb. 1985,
M.I.H. Brooker 8823 (CANB, PERTH); Mt Benia - E of Jurien Bay, 2 May 1991 , R.J. Cranfield &
P.J. Spencer 8010 (PERTH); 6 km SE of Mt Adams, 29 km WSW of Yandanooka Siding, 36 km SE
of Dongara. 29 3 24'S, 1 15°16’E, 15 Nov. 1979, S.D. Hopper 1549 (PERTH); Hi Vallee Farm, N of
Tootbardi Rd, 28 Feb. 1991, S. Patrick 523 & A. Brown (PERTH); Hutchinson’s property, E side of
Natha road, S of Mingenew, Sep. 1989, P C. Ryan 29 (PERTH) and 27 May 1991, P .C. Ryan s.n.
(CANB, PERTH).

Distribution. Known only from three disjunct stands, one (type locality) of approximately 30
individuals in a valley between lateritic breakaways (Figure 1), and the other of a few clumps on
subdued valley slopes in a low woodland of E. accedens.

Conservation status. Declared as Rare Flora (Hopper et al. 1990). Two populations are on private
nature reserves, the other on vacant Crown Land proposed as a Nature Reserve.

Flowering period. August-October.

Etymology. The name refers to the scaly basal bark (Greek lepros - scaly and phloia - bark).

Notes. While E. leprophloia is related to E. zopherophloia, the two species do not occur together,
occupying lateritic and calcareous soil respectively. They may be distinguished by bark character and
the oil gland patterns in the leaves, intersectional in E. leprophloia and island in E. zopherophloia.

Eucalyptus ser. Loxophlebae Chippendale, FI. Australia 19:500 (1988)

Type: E. loxophleba Benth.

The E. ser. Loxophlebae belongs in the informal E. subgen. Symphyomyrtus. It is diagnosed by the
following: cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets glandular, juvenile leaves petiolate, inflorescences
forming on leafless ends of branchlets with delayed development of terminal vegetative shoot, unit
inflorescences 7 to 1 1 -flowered, stamens indexed and strongly "elbowed", anthers versatile, basifixed,
cuboid, opening by pores, ovules in 4 vertical rows on placenta, style constricted at base, seed grey-
brown, compressed-ovoid with shallow distinct reticulum.

Key to species of E. ser. Loxophlebae

1 . Bark rough for 1 m or more on trunk or stems

2. Style articulate E. sp. M*

2. Style not articulate

3. Rough bark persistent to small branches E. loxophleba subsp. loxophleba

3. Rough bark on lower part of trunk only E. loxophleba subsp. supralaevis

1 . Bark smooth, or rough to 0.5 m

*A recently discovered species near Marymia, north-east of Meekatharra, to be described by others.

14

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

4. Intramarginal vein close to leaf edge; tertiary veining

absent or obscure; fruit to 0.4 x 0.3 cm E.blaxellii

4. Intramarginal vein well removed from leaf edge; tertiary
veining distinct; fruit >0.4 x 0.3 cm

5. Buds to 1.5 x 0.5 cm E. loxophleba subsp. gratiae

5. Buds to 0.9 x 0.4 cm

6. Style articulate 8. E. articulata

6. Style not articulate E. loxophleba subsp. lissophloia

8. Eucalyptus articulata Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 6)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 418 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" effusus ad Eucalyptum seriern Loxophlebas Chippendale pertinens, ad 2.5 m altus
cortice laevi et caulibus deficienti glaucedinem. Folia plantularum petiolata, opposita per 4 vcl 5 nodos,
ad 8 x 4 cm, hebetia, thalassica, post demum alternantia, leviter nitentia, viridia. Folia adulta petiolata,
alternantia, lanceolata, ad 11 x 1.5 cm, concoloria, nitentia, viridia. Inflorescentiae axillares non
ramosae, saepe fasciculatae in extremitatibus ramulorum non foliosis. Pedunculi moderate validi, ad
1 .5 longi, alabastra basi in pedicellum validum decrescentia, clavata, ad 0.8 x 0.4 cm. Stamina valde
inflexa. Stylus basi decrescens et in fovea insertus, plus minusve articulatus. Fructus pedicellati,
obconici, ad 0.9 x 0.7 cm, 3, 4 vel 5 valvis.

Typus: 22 km EofMulgaRock, Great Victoria Desert, 30°09'S, 1 23° 1 7'R, 25 June 1987, M.l.H. Brooker
9686 & S.D. Hopper (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Low straggly mallee to 2.5 m tall with smooth coppery (in June) stems and non-glaucous branchlets.
Seedling leaves petiolate, decussate, remaining opposite for 4-5 pairs, ovate, to 8 x 4 cm, dull, blue-
green, later leaves alternating, broadly lanceolate, to 10x3 cm, slightly glossy, green. Adult leaves
petiolate, alternating, lanceolate, to 1 1 x 1.5 cm, concolorous, glossy, green (drying yellowish green);
intramarginal vein well in from leaf edge; reticulation sparse, with numerous large island oil glands.
Inflorescences axillary and unbranched, or clustered at leafless ends of branchlets. Peduncles
moderately stout, somewhat flattened, to 1.5 cm long, 7- flowered. Buds clavate, tapering at the base
to stout pedicels, to 0.8 x 0.4 cm; operculum obtusely conical, red. hypanthium green. Style contracting
at the base and inserted in a cavity of the ovary top, and thereby, more or less articulate. Flowers not
seen. Fruits pedicellate, obconical, to 0.9 x 0.7 cm with 3, 4 or 5 valves.

Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 1 1 Aug. 1984, S.D. Hopper 3887
(PERTH), 25 June 1987, S.D Hopper 5888 (PERTH).

Distribution. Known only from the type locality where it occurs on red sand dunes with arkose rubble
(Figure 1).

Conservation status. Vulnerable, occurring on vacant Crown Land. Declared as Rare Flora. (Species
no. 152 in Hopper et al. (1990).

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Latin articulatus - articulate, referring to the loose attachment of the style base.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

15

Figure 6. E. articulate - buds and fruit (MIHB 9686)

Notes. Th e£. series Loxophlebae is notable for the widespread taxon E. loxophleba subsp. loxophleba,
(York Gum) which is distributed from west of Northampton to east of Ongerup. Its well known eastern,
inland related taxon, the recently published E. loxophleba subsp. lissophloia , is a smooth-barked mallee
which has glaucous branchlets, buds and fruits. Both taxa grow on heavy, often water-logged sites.
However, the style in these taxa, although constricted at the base, is not inserted in a cavity. The style
base character was given promi nence by Carr & Carr ( 1 985 ) for blood woods and has been seen in other
species, viz. E. leucoxylon F. Muell. and E. melliodora A. Cunn. ex Schau. The other published taxon
in the series is E. loxophleba subsp. gratiae Brooker which has smooth bark and larger leaves, buds
and fruit than the typical subspecies.

In a recent publication on Western Australian taxa. Hill & Johnson (1992) raised subsp. gratiae to
species, E. gratiae. We prefer to maintain the subspecies status for the present, pending the studies of
P. Grayling (University of Western Australia) who believes that the closest affinity of the taxon,
gratiae , is with E. loxophleba subsp. lissophloia and is of equal taxonomic status. A further revision
is therefore expected of the E. ser. Loxophlebae , in which the intergradation, referred to by Hill &
Johnson, of the closely related gratiae and lissophloia will be demonstrated.

E. blaxellii is endemic to the Morseby Range and differs from York Gum in the low mallee habit,
the smooth bark, intramarginal vein close to leaf edge, lack of tertiary veining, small buds and fruits,
the upland lateritic stony habitat, and articulate style. In contrast to these species, E. articulata grows
on red sand dunes with arkose rubble in much drier country than the others apart from the eastern
glaucous mallee form of York Gum. It has much larger buds and fruit than E. blaxellii but shares the
articulate style character.

Eucalyptus ser. Falcatae Brooker & Hopper, ser. nov.

Arbores "mallets" velfrutices"mallees".Cotyledonesbisectae. Medullaramulorumnonglandulifera.
Folia juvenilia petiolata, adulta petiolata, nitentia, venis secundariis numerosissimis et arte parallelis,
reticulo finito et glandulis omnibus oleosis ad intersectiones. Inflorescentiae axillares, non ramosae,
erectae vel decurvae et laxe vel rigide. Fructus latiores quam longiores orificio comparate parvo.
Vestigia styli exilia saepe persistentia.

16

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Typus: E. falcata Turcz.

Mallets or mallees. Cotyledons bisected. Pith of branchlets not glandular. Juvenile leaves petiolate
and finally held vertically. Adult leaves petiolate, glossy, with very numerous parallel secondary veins,
finite reticulation and numerous oil glands each of which appear at the veinlet intersections.
Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, erect in one species, in remainder down-curved either loosely or
rigidly. Ovary roof conical, lacking protuberances. Fruits wider than long with relatively small orifice.
Style remnants slender, often persistent.

Key to subseries of E. ser. Falcatae

1. Buds pedicellate, inflorescences loosely or rigidly down-curved, rarely
erect, hypanthium often wider than operculum; seedling leaves linear;
juvenile leaves distinctly petiolate, early leaves opposite, later leaves

alternating, held vertically; leaf bases truncate; trees, mallets or mallees E. subser. Falcatae

1. Buds sessile or nearly so, inflorescences erect, buds often fusiform in
stellate clusters; seedling leaves ovate; juvenile leaves shortly petiolate,

opposite, held horizontally; leaf bases tapering to petiole; mallees E. subser. Decipientes

Key to species of E. subser. Falcatae

1 . Inflorescences rigidly down-curved

1. Inflorescences pendulous, or erect in one species

2. Mallet

3. Buds and fruits strongly ribbed

3. Buds and fruits smooth to slightly ribbed

4. Fruit to 0.8 x 0.7 cm

4. Fruit to 0.9 x 1.2 cm

2. Mallee

5. Buds and fruits always erect; mallee on coastal limestone

5. Buds and fruits down-curved; mallee not on limestone

6. Operculum conical

7. Pedicels stout, buds and fruits slightly ribbed

8. Pedicels >2 mm long

8. Pedicels <2 mm long

7. Pedicels slender, buds and fruits smooth or ribbed

6. Operculum rounded

E. kessellii

E. ornata

..E. argyphea
E. recta

9. E.petrensis

E. goniantha subsp. goniantha
E. goniantha subsp. notactites

E. falcata

E. semiglobosa

9. Eucalyptus petrensis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 7)
Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 418 (1990).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

17

Frutex "mallee" Eucalyptofalcatae Turcz. affinis a qua habitatione petroso calcareo, habitu effuso,
inflorescentiis semper non pendulis, pedicellis brevioribus, operculo breviore rostrato, alabastris
fructibusque vix costatis et fructibus aggregatis differt.

Typus: c. 1.5 km SSE of Seabird, 31° 17'S, 115°26'E, 2 Nov. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10139 (holo:
PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Straggly mallee to 4 m tall with smooth bark. Forming lignotubers. Cotyledons bisected.
Seedling leaves sessile, opposite for about 4 pairs, linear, to 0.4 x 0.3 cm. Juvenile leaves at first shortly
petiolate, opposite, then on petioles to 2 cm long, alternating, held vertically, ovate, to 9 x 6 cm, dull,
blue-green to light green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, lanceolate to slightly falcate, to 1 2 x 2 cm,
concolorous, slightly glossy, green; many side veins; reticulation dense, with numerous intersectional
oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, to 13-flowered; peduncles erect or scarcely curved,
strongly flattened and angular, to 1.5 cm long. Buds pedicellate, hypanthium truncate-spherical or
cupular and scarcely ribbed, operculum beaked, to 1 .2 x 0.5 cm. Stamens inflexed, all fertile; anthers
versatile, dorsifixed, cuboid, opening by longitudinal slits. Flowers not seen. Ovules in 4 vertical rows.
Fruits pedicellate, truncate-spherical, aggregated, to 0.7 x 0.9 cm; rim thick; disc annular or sloping
inwards; valves 3, slightly exserted. Seed grey-black, flattened-ovoid with a very shallow reticulum,
hilum ventral.

Figure 7. E. petrensis - buds and fruits ( MIHB 9583)

18

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 7. E. petrensis - buds and fruits ( MIHB 9583)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Fremantle, Aug. 1902, C. Andrews s.n.
(PERTH); Wesco Rd, NE of Quinn's Rocks, 9 Apr. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9583 (CANB, PERTH); c.
16kmEofYerramullaRoad, 14 Aug. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker913% and S.D. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); Seabird, along "Ambulance" Road, 31°16'S, 1 15°26’E, 13 Apr. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker
9930, 9931 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Type locality, 24 Jan. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10159
(AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); c. 1.5 km SSE of Seabird, 24 Jan. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10160
(CANB, PERTH); Mindarie Keys, 31 o 41"10"S, 1 15°42T5"E, 2 July 1989, A. Brown s.n. (PERTH) ;
c. 50 km S of Mandurah, near Preston Lodge, east side of lake, 10 Dec. 1989. O.M. Green SI and SII
(PERTH); Ocean Farm, Lancelin, 10 June 1981, R.J. Cranfield 1689 (PERTH); Private Property, 4.4
km at 48° from Seabird and 4 km at 5 1 ° from Seabird, 5 Sep. 1 980, E.A. Griffin 5701 , 5702A (PERTH);
c. 20 m S of Quinn’s Rock Road, 500 m upslope from ocean, 1 5 Mar. 1 987, S.D. Hopper 5853 (PERTH);
NE of Quinn’s Rock, 31°38’20”S, 1 15°45'30"E, 6 July 1988, A. Kelly 264 and A. Napier (PERTH);
Yanchep Nat. Pk, 1.7 km N along W boundary from Yanchep Beach Road, 31 °32’S, 1 15°40'E, 6 July
1988, A. Kelly 266, 267 and A. Napier (CANB, PERTH); c. 600 m S of Seabird, 31°17'10"S,
1 15°26'45"E, 1 1 Nov. 1988, A. Kelly 356 and A. Napier (PERTH); 600 m E of Burns Beach kiosk,
31°43'45"S, 1 15°43'35"E, 18 Aug. 1988, A Napier & A. Kelly 291 (PERTH); 15 km SW of Wedge
Island, 30°52'30"S, 1 1 5°20’30"E, 1 0 May 1 989, A. Napier & A. Kelly 426 (PERTH); corner of Co wper
and Raleigh Streets, Sorrento, 31°50'S, 1 15°45'E, 28 June 1989, A. Napier & A. Kelly 464 (PERTH);
8.3 km ESE of Two Rocks, off Bailey Road, W of Yanchep Nat. Pk, 31°30'40"S, 1 15°40'10"E, 26 May
1988, R. McKay s.n. (PERTH); Yalgorup Nat. Pk, 20 Oct. 1972, S. Paust 1348 (PERTH); Yanchep
National Park, 12 July 1987, N. McQuoid YN16 no. 6 (PERTH); Lake Preston, 6 Dec. 1960, Mr Ross
3698 (PERTH).

Distribution. From Yalgorup National Park to Seabird on near-coastal limestone, Western Australia
(Figure 1).

Consen’ation status. Uncommon and in need of further survey. Priority 3 in Hopper et al. (1990) -
reserve flora list.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. The name refers to the site where the type was collected (Latin petrensis - on a stony site).

Notes. E. petrensis has only been found on sites with outcropping limestone. It is similar to E.falcata,
differing in its more effuse habit and much shorter pedicels and peduncles. It differs from E. decipiens
in its smooth bark, smaller stature, and larger buds and fruits on longer pedicels. Rare hybrids with
E. decipiens have been collected (Brooker 10161, 10162).

Eucalyptus subser. Decipientes Brooker & Hopper, subser. nov.

A subserie typica foliis juvenilibus horizontaliter dispositis, inflorescentiis saepe erectis, alabastris
aggregatis plus minusve sessilibus, fusiformibus vel ovoideis, et fructibus aggregatis saepe compressis
differt.

Typus: E. decipiens Endl.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

19

Key to species of E. subser. Decipientes

1. Buds fusiform, operculum narrowly conical or slightly beaked;
juvenile leaves emarginate

2. Bark rough

3. Bark hard, tightly held over whole trunk or stems; tree

or mallee E. decipiens subsp. decipiens

3. Bark loose, on whole or part of stems; mallee

4. Bark ribbony; straggly mallee 12a. E. decipiens subsp. adesmophloia

4. Bark flaky, erect mallee 12b. E. decipiens subsp. chalara

2. Bark smooth; mallee 10. E. communalis

1 . Buds ovoid or diamond-shaped; juvenile leaves entire

5. Buds ovoid

6. Buds <0.4 cm wide; fruit crowded, sides often flattened 1 1. E.obesa

6. Buds >0.4 cm wide, acornlike E. balanites

5. Buds diamond-shaped, distinctly pedicellate E. phylacis

10. Eucalyptus communalis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 8)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 418 (1990).

Eucalypto decipienti Endl . affinis aqua statura parviore, cortice laevi, et alabastris operculo rostrato
differt.

Typus: 20 km SE of Hamersley River Bridge, 14.9 km S down Hamersley Drive (in Fitzgerald River
National Park), 33°50'S, 1 19°43'E, S.D. Hopper 241 3A (holo: PERTH).

Mallee to 4 m tall. Bark smooth. Seedling leaves sessile to very shortly petiolate (<0.2 cm long),
opposite, orbicular. Juvenile leaves on short petioles to 0.5 cm long, opposite then alternating, held
horizontally, obovate, emarginate, to 3 x 3 cm, dull, blue-green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating,
narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, 6-9 x 1-1.5 cm, concolorous, glossy, green, intramarginal vein
sometimes removed from edge, reticulation dense, with numerous intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences
axillary, unbranched, > 7-flowered; peduncles 0.5- 1 .2 cm long. Buds sessile to very shortly pedicellate,
fusiform to ovoid, to 1 x 0.4 cm; operculum conical to beaked. Stamens indexed, all fertile; anthers,
slightly versatile, basifixed, on abruptly narrowed filament tip, cuboid to reniform, opening by broad
pores or oblique slits. Flowers creamy white. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits sessile or very shortly
pedicellate, crowded, hemispherical, broader than long, to 0.7 x 0.9 cm; rim thick; disc broad, flat;
valves 3 or 4, slightly exserted. Seed grey, compressed-ovoid, smooth, with some longitudinal furrows.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 14 miles W of Hamersley River Crossing,
7 Nov. 1969, M.I.H. Brooker 2320,232 1 (PERTH); near Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 2 miles N of West
Mount Barren, 5 Aug. 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2735a (PERTH); 15.6 miles S of Fitzgerald Crossing
towards Fitzgerald Reserve, 28 Aug. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4437 (CANB, PERTH); Cheadanup
Reserve, 33°27'S, 120°37’E, 12Nov. 1981 .M.I.H. Brooker 7 1 39 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Fitzgerald
National Park, 33°50'S, 1 19°50'E, 13 Nov. 1981 , M.I.H. Brookerl\58 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6 km

20

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. I (1993)

SW along Savages Rd from E.L.D. road, 33°39’S, 122°20'E, 12 Aug. 1982, M.l.H. Bronker 7556
(CANB, NSW, PERTH); 4.5 km SW of Lanes Rd on Backmans Rd, NE of Esperance, 33°39'S,
122°14'E, 12Aug. 1982. M.l.H. 6rooA:er7557(CANB,NSW,PERTH); 1 5 km along Hamersley Drive,
33°47'S, 1 19°51'E, 25 Nov. 1987. M.l.H. Brooker 9817 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Middle Rd,
McDougal’s eastern paddock to S of road, 10 Mar. 1988. M.l.H. Brooker 9925 (CANB. PERTH); 48
km NNW of Mt Melville, 34°33’30"S, 1 18°42'40"E, 3 1 Jan. 1988, A. Napier&A. Taylor 225 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat. Very common on the eastern plains of the Fitzgerald National Park, extending
north-east towards Cheadanup Reserve and eastwards to Esperance, Western Australia. Usually on
lateritic white sands (Figure 1).

Conservation status. Common though sporadic, and well represented in conservation reserves such
as Fitzgerald River National Park.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Latin communalis - communal, alluding to its characteristic occurrence in clumps
isolated by heath from similar neighbouring clumps.

Notes. E. communalis occurs characteristically in communities of many apparent individuals, together
up to 15 m across and generally emergent above the surrounding vegetation. It is common along
Hamersley Drive in Fitzgerald National Park. It is similar to E. obesa, differing in its fusiform buds
and emarginate juvenile leaves. It may be confused with E. decipiens but differs in its smooth bark,
more robust buds and fruits and its erect-stemmed habit with the canopy confined to the uppermost
branches.

Figure 8. E. communalis - buds ( SDH 2413A) and fruit (MIHB 9817) (x2)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

21

11. Eucalyptus obesa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 9)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 418 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" Eucalypto decipienti Endl. affinis a qua habitu, cortice laevi, foliis parvioribus,
floribus paucioribus et alabastris cylindricis vel interdum ovoideis differt.

Typus: 7.9 km W of Hill's Road onTarin RockRoad, 33°04’S, 1 18°08'E, 16Dec. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker
9832 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee to 2.5 m tall, effuse in habit with canopy to near ground, with smooth, grey bark or with loose
ribbons of dead bark. Seedling leaves sessile to very shortly petiolate (<0.2 cm long), opposite,
orbicular. Juvenile leaves on short petioles to 0.5 cm long, opposite then alternating, held horizontally,
ovate to orbicular, to 3.5 x 3 cm, dull, blue-green to light green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating,
lanceolate, often uncinate, to 10 x 1.5 cm. concolorous, glossy, green; side veins very numerous;
reticulation dense, with numerous intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, to
1 1 -flowered; peduncles terete, to I cm long. Buds sessile, crowded, cylindrical over most of their
length, to 0.7 x 0.5 cm; operculum hemispherical, apiculate. Stamens inflexed, all fertile; anthers
slightly versatile, basifixed on abruptly narrowed filament tip, cuboid to reniform, opening by broad
pores or oblique slits. Flowers creamy white. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits sessile, crowded and
often laterally compressed, truncately depressed-spherical, to 0.6 x 1 cm; rim thick; disc level, valves
(3) 4, often slightly exserted. Seed grey, compressed-ovoid, very shallowly reticulate and with shallow
longitudinal grooves.

Figure 9. E. obesa - buds (MIHB 9810) and fruit (MIHB 9809) (x2)

22

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. I (1993)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 125 km E of Hyden, 3 Oct. 1975, D.F. Blaxell
DFBAV75/40 & M.I.H. Brooker (CANB, K, NSW, PERTH); 90 mile tank, W of Norseman-Esperance
Road, 16 Feb. 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 2516,2517 (PERTH); 125 km east of Hyden on Norseman track,
32°20'S, 1 19°03'E, 3 Oct. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4986 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Peak Charles, 2 May
1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7506 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 80 km SE of Wickepin towards Lake Grace,
33°03'S, 1 18°09'E, 17 Dec. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8756 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH); Type locality,
24 Nov. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9809,9810 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 22.75 km SE of
Muckinwobert Rock, 2.8 km NE of Rawlinson Road, 33°29'27"S, I20°36'03"E, 15 Aug. 1983,
M.A. Burgman 2105 (PERTH); 24.5 km due ESE of Muckinwobert Rock, 11.1 km SW of Melaleuca
Rd, 1 Oct. 1984, M.A. Burgman 4045 (PERTH); Peak Charles, 32°50'S, 121°25'E, 14 Jan. 1972,
H. Demarz 3645 (PERTH); 32 km W of Lake Grace on Tarin Rock Road, 23 Oct. 1987, J.W. Green
5582 (PERTH); Ninety Mile Tank. 14 km SSW of Mt Classe, Bremer Range, 32°41'S, 1 20°41'E, 6 Sep.
1982, S.D. Hopper 2494 (PERTH), North Tarin Rock Reserve 29857, 23 km NW of Lake Grace,
13 Sep. 1975, B.G. Muir 410 (PERTH); 90 Mile Tank, Lake King-Norseman Rd, 21 July 1979,
K.R. Newbey 5388 (PERTH); Peak Charles, c. 45 km W of Salmon Gums, 9 Nov. 1 979, K. Newbey 6435
(PERTH), 2 km NW of 90 Mile Tank, Norseman-Lake King Road, 12 Nov. 1979, K. Newbey 6491
(PERTH).

Distribution. From north-west of Lake Grace eastwards to 90-mile Tank and Peak Charles, Western
Australia (Figure 1).

Conservation status. Sporadic but common and represented in conservation reserves such as Frank
Hann National Park.

Flowering period. December-January.

Etymology. The specific name alludes to the buds in comparison with the fusiform buds of E. decipiens,
Latin obesus - fat.

Notes. E. obesa is clearly related to E. decipiens which is typically a rough-barked mallee or tree on
coastal and subcoastal south-western plains and nearby hills. E. obesa is not a coastal species. Its
furthest inland occurrence is around the 90-mile Tank north-east of Lake King. The inland distribution,
stubby ovoid buds and tightly aggregated fruit distinguish it in the subseries Decipientes. It grows on
white sand with E. falcata Turcz. at the type locality.

12a. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. subsp. adesmophloia Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 418 (1990).

A subspecie typica cortice fibroso laxo pallidiore taeniaformi et habitu effusiore differt.

Typus: 8.2 km S along Carlawillup Road, 34°07'S, 1 19°03'E, 9 Mar. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9907 (holo:
PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the more straggly habit and loose, paler, ribbony rough bark.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Pallinup River, Jan. 1964, G.E. Brockway s.n.
(PERTH); c. 30 km N of Albany on road to Borden, 16 Aug. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 62,64 (CANB, NSW,

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

23

PERTH); 8 km S of highway towards Gairdner, 14Nov. 1981 , M.I.H. Brookerl 161 (CANB, PERTH);
3 km NEof Sth Stirling School, 14 Nov. 1981 . M.I.H. Brookerl \ 80 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Chillinup
Road, E of highway, 14 Nov. 1981, M.I.H. Brooker 7181 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Gairdner River
crossing near Qualup. 34°1 l’S, 1 19°19'E, 9 Mar. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9915 (CANB, PERTH); 12.3
km N of Bremer Bay-Borden Road on Jerramungup Road, 34°47'S, 118°47'E, 25 Nov. 1987,
M.I.H. Brooker 9819 (CANB, PERTH); Bremer Bay, March 1958, D.M. Churchill s.n. (PERTH);
Qualup, 28 Nov. 1960, A.S. George 1762, 1763 (PERTH); 1.7 km S of Warramurrup Hill, 34°26’S,
1 19°10'E, 9 Mar. 1988, S.D. Hopper 6337 (PERTH); Bremer Bay area, Aug. 1971, A. Kessell 962, 976
(PERTH); 1.7 km S of Warramurrup Hill, Aug. 1971 . A. Kessell 976 (PERTH); junction of Swamp
Road and Gordon Inlet Road, NW of Bremer Bay, 34°25'S, 1 19°25'E, 17 Nov. 1985, A. A. Rodd 5029
& J. McCarthy (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Fitzgerald River National Park, by Collett’s road, c. 8 km
WNW of West Mount Barren, 23 Oct. 1 982, A. Strid 20977 (PERTH); 3 km W of Bremer Bay township,
1 Oct. 1966, P.G. Wilson 4323 (PERTH); c. 35 km SSE of Jerramungup-Ravensthorpe Road along
No. 2 Vermin Proof Fence, 2 Oct. 1966, P.G. Wilson 4370 (PERTH).

Distribution. From the southern and eastern part of the Stirling Range to Bremer Bay, Western
Australia (Figure 1).

Conservation status. One of the most common eucalypts of the South Stirling sandplain. Well
represented in conservation reserves.

Flowering period. Unknown.

Etymology. From the Greek adesmos - unfettered and phloia - bark.

Notes. E. decipiens subsp. decipiens which has a western coastal distribution is distinct from the new
subspecies by its very tight, hard rough bark. Previously the name E. decipiens has been applied to a
wide range of related mallees with various morphological distinctions from north of Perth to the
Esperance district (Gardner 1952-1966, Chippendale 1973). Current research and field studies show
there are the typical western coastal taxon (subsp. decipiens ), the southern coastal and subcoastal taxon
(subsp. adesmophloia ), and the inland, intervening taxon (subsp. chalara ), as treated below.

12b. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. subsp. chalara Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

A subspecie typica cortice laxiore pallidiore et a subspecie adesmophloia statura altiore et cortice
squamata differt.

Typus: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Stirling Range Caravan Park, near Bluff Knoll, 6 May 1979,
G..J. Keighery 2292 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the more erect habit, looser, paler, rough bark decorticating
in flakes, and preference for acidic sands; from subspecies adesmophloia, it differs in the taller, more
erect habit, thinner stems, with the flaky rough bark over most of stems compared with the ribbony
rough bark of the sinuous stems of the eastern subspecies.

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Stirling Range National Park, along the Cranbrook
Rd, 26 Sep. 1975, J.S. Beard 7491 (PERTH); Mt Barker, 16 Oct. 1975, J.S. Beard 7700 (PERTH); c.
10 miles from Capel on the Donnybrook Rd, 18 Apr. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3573 (PERTH); Stirling

24

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Range Caravan Park, Chester Pass Road, 5 May 1982, M.I.H. B rooker 1654 (CANB, PERTH); 9.6 km
W of Yetermerup Road, N of Stirling Range, 19 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9982 (CANB, PERTH);
3.6 km W of Bluff Knoll Lookout, 27 Mar. 1968, G.M. Chippendale 431 (CANB, PERTH); Cranbrook,
18 Feb. ?, C.A. Gardner 329 (PERTH); Sukey’s Peak, Stirling Range near Cranbrook, 7 Mar. 1922,
C.A. Gardner 808/1 308 (PERTH); Toll’s Pass, Stirling Range, 23 Apr. 1923, C.A. Gardner 143 1/1931
(PERTH); Toll’s Pass, Stirling Range, 23 Apr. 1923, C.A. Gardner 1434 (PERTH); Borden-Chester
Pass, 30 Oct. 1953, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Tambellup, 3 May 1964, C.A. Gardner 14702, 14706
(PERTH); N of Condinup (sic) (Wellington Location 5016 .fide A.S.G.), NE of Boyup Brook, 1 9 Feb.
1969, A.S. George 9251 (PERTH); Mt Barker, Oct. 1900, Colonel Goadby B1250 (PERTH); 1 mile
SWofTenterden, 12 Mar. 1957, J. W. Green 1149 (PERTH); 1 mile E of Cranbrook, 12 Mar. 1957,
J.W. Green 1 151 (PERTH); 13. 2milesSEofKojonup(0.6milesSofTambellup turnoff), 30 Sep. 1975,
J.W. Green 4538 (PERTH); Granite Hill, road 40 km E of Mt Barker within 1 km of Kalgan River,
15 Mar. 1983, J.W. Green 4984 (PERTH); 500 m along Fisher Rd from intersection with Kojonup-
Frankland Road, 2 1 Oct. 1 985, A. Hoyle 1013 (PERTH); Mt Barker Hill, 3 km due S W of Mount Barker
township, 22 Nov. 1985, N. Hoyle 1032 (PERTH); 2 miles S of Mount Barker-Manjimup Rd. W of
Frankland River, 11 Apr. 1962, E.A. Jenkins s.n. (PERTH); 4 miles SofMount Barker on C. Milton’s
property, 8 June 1973, K.F. Kenneally 1224 (PERTH); Slopes Red Gum Hill, Red Gum Springs,
Stirling Ranges, 26 Feb. 1 983, G.J. Keighery 59 1 1 (PERTH); Gee Kabee Hill, W of Cranbrook, 8 Dec.
1987, G.J. Keighery 9800 (PERTH); Greenbushes, Oct. 1921, M. Koch s.n. (PERTH); Cranbrook,
18 Feb. 1918, C.E. Lane-poole 329 (PERTH); Stirling Range Headquarters, 27 Feb. 1975,
O.W. Loneragan L239 (PERTH); Road N of Stirlings, 28 Feb. 1962, K.R. Newbey 149 (PERTH); W
of Broomehill, 14 Jan. 1954, R.D. Royce 4806 (PERTH); 2.75 miles NNE of Boyanup, 5 Mar. 1954,
G.M. St or r s.n. (PERTH).

Distribution. East of the Darling scarp, from about Boyup Brook to the Stirling Range (Figure 1).
Conserx’ation status. Common and well represented in conservation reserves.

Flowering period. August-September.

Etymology. From the Greek chalaros - loose, slack, referring to the rough bark.

Notes. In the Stirling Range this subspecies occurs on the northern slopes and foothills, while subsp.
adesmophloia occurs on the southern side of the range and further eastwards.

Eucalyptus ser. Micrantherae Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 192, 217 (1867).

Type: E. micranthera F. Muell.

I he E. ser. Micrantherae belongs in the informal subgenus Symphyomyrtus . The series is
characterised by the following: tree or mallee, bisected cotyledons, pith of branchlets without oil
glands, glossy adult leaves with very numerous parallel secondary veins and with dense, finite
reticulation and numerous oil glands each of which appears at veinlet intersections, stamens inflexed,
anthers reniform, opening by oblique slits, flowers creamy white, ovary roof 3-lobed with style base
inserted, ovules in 4 vertical rows, fruits contracted at rim, rim thick; valves 3-partite by insertion of
style base between halves of torn lobes either side.

M.l.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

25

We assign many of the species off. ser. Micrcmtherae Benth. sensu Chippendale (1988) to the new
series Falcatae while the remainder, E. angustissima, E. halophila and E. cneorifolia, do not belong
to either series. E. angustissima and E. cneorifolia lack the grossly lobed ovary roof and the regularly
pinnate secondary venation of the series Micrcmtherae, while E. halophila is isolated from all species
in contention and has leaf architecture resembling the unrelated E. anmdata.

Key to subseries of E. ser. Micrantherae

1. Bark smooth; adult leaves to 2.7 cm wide; fruit ± sessile; subcoastal

distribution, on white sand E. subser. Micrantherae

1. Bark rough; adult leaves to 1 .7 cm wide; fruit shortly pedicellate;

inland distribution, on red sand E. subser. Bakerianae

Eucalyptus subser. Bakerianae (Chippendale) Brooker & Hopper, subser. nov.

E. ser. Bakerianae Chippendale, FI. Australia 19: 496 (1988). Type: E. bakeri Maiden.

The E. subser. Bakerianae is included in the E. series Micrantherae because of various unifying
characters (see above) and particularly by the recognition of the modified ovary roof. This structure
appears nowhere else in the genus. The monotypic subser. Micrantherae occurs on white, subcoastal
sandplains from west of Mt Maxwell in Fitzgerald National Park eastwards to Israelite Bay. The subser.
Bakerianae, comprising E. mannensis, E. jutsonii and E. bakeri , occurs from near Shark Bay across
the continent to south-eastern Queensland.

Eucalyptus ser. Balladonienses Brooker & Hopper, ser. nov.

Arbores vel frutices. Cortex fibrosa. Cotyledonesbisectae. Medulla non glandulifera. Folia viridia
nitentia, reticulo finito et glandulis oleosis numeris conspicuis et pro parte maxima ad intersectiones.
Inflorescentiae axillares, non ramosae. Opercula rostrata. Stamina inflexa. Flores citrini.

Typus: E. balladoniensis Brooker

Trees or mallees. Bark rough. Cotyledons bisected. Pith of branchlets not glandular. Leaves green,
glossy, with finite reticulation and oil glands appearing mostly at intersections of veinlets, some
"island". Inflorescences axillary, unbranched. Opercula beaked. Stamens inflexed. Flowers pale
yellow.

Key to species of E. ser. Balladonienses

1 . Bark rough, flaky; fruit to 1 x 1.3 cm; inflorescences often
pendulous

2. Pedicels > 6 mm long e. balladoniensis subsp. balladoniensis

2. Pedicels 0 2 mm long e. balladoniensis subsp. sedens

1 . Bark rough, hard; fruit to 0.8 x 0.9 cm; inflorescences erect 1 3 . E. indurata

26

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

13. Eucalyptus indurata Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 10)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 214 (1990).

Arbor vel frutex "mallee" Eucalyptum micrantheram F. Muell. ex Benth. simulans a qua statura
superiore, cortice indurato non-decorticato operculo rostrato, et floribus flavidis differt. Potens in terra
erit semen eius.

Typus: 3.4 km N of Grigg’s Road on Belgian Road, N of Dalyup, 33°23'S, 121°28'E, 6 June 1983,
M.l.H. Brooker 8167, L.A.S. Johnson and D.F. Blaxell (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Small tree or mallee to 10 in with hard, furrowed, grey-black rough bark over whole trunk or stems,
smooth grey above. Forming lignotubers. Cotyledons bisected. Seedling leaves sessile, decussate,
remaining opposite for more than 10 pairs, some slightly decurrent, ovate to deltoid, to 3 x 2 cm, blue-
green, dull. Adult leaves alternating, petiolate, narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, to 12 x 2 cm.
concolorous, slightly glossy, green to greyish green; reticulation dense, with numerous mostly
intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, simple, 7-flowered; peduncles slightly angular, to I
cm long. Buds pedicellate, to 1.8 x 0.7 cm, bi-operculate; hypanthium cupular, inner operculum
strongly beaked and longer than hypanthium. Stamens inflexed in bud, all fertile; anthers versatile, sub-
basifixed, oblong, opening by longitudinal slits. Flowers pale yellow. Ovules in 4 vertical rows on
placenta. Fruits pedicellate, hemispherical and slightly constricted at rim, to 0.8 x 0.9 cm; rim thick;
disc annular; 4 slender style remnants often persisting and exserted. Seed grey, shiny, compressed-
ovoid, almost smooth, with a few shallow longitudinal grooves.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Grasspatch, north side opposite Kent’s Rd
turnoff, 33°14'S, I21°H'E, 30 Dec. 1979, M.l.H. Brooker 6723 (CANB, PERTH); 28 km W of
Balladonia, 28 Apr. 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7482 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 1 18.4 km S of Norseman,
29 Apr. 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7489 (CANB, PERTH); 26 km N of Ravensthorpe-Esperance Road via
Lauriana and Boydell’s Roads, 2 May 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7418 (CANB); 4 km along Mt Ney Road,
NE of Kau Rock Road turnoff, 33°24'S, 121°24'E, 12 Aug. 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7551 (CANB,
PERTH) and 5 Sep. 1983, M.l.H. Brooker 8163 (CANB, PERTH); 2.7 km W of Grasspatch on
Grasspatch Road, 33°13’S, 1 21 °40'E, 9 Apr. 1983, M.l.H. Brooker 8073 (CANB, PERTH); 4 km along
Mt Ney road, NE of Kau Rock Rd t/o, NE of Esperance, 33°24’S, 1 22°24’E. 5 June 1 983, M.l.H. Brooker
8163 (CANB, PERTH); 3.4 km N of Grigg’s Road on Belgian Road, N of Dalyup, 121°28'E, 6 June
1983, M.l.H. Brooker8\66, (CANB, PERTH); 24.5 km NW of Balladonia, 1 2 Mar' 1984, M.l.H. Brooker
8486 (CANB, PERTH); 9 km up track N of Edwards Road, S of Pyramid Lake, 33°13'S, 120°54'E,
17Jan. 1985, M.l.H. Brooker 8801 (CANB, NSW. PERTH): 1 3.9 km E of Ravensthorpe on Esperance
Road, 33°36'S, 120°08'E, 17 Jan. 1985, M.l.H. Brooker 8803 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 8.6 km along
road 1 1, west of Ravensthorpe-Hopetoun Road, 33°42'S, 120°05'E, 20 Feb. 1985 .M.l.H. Brooker 8854
(AD, CANB, NSW, PERTH); 29.3 km NE of Mt Ridley t/o on Dempster Road, 33°04'S. 122°16'E,
9 Apr 1985, M.l.H. Brooker 8924 (AD, CANB. MEL, PERTH); corner of Griffith’s and Dalyup
Roads, 33°28'S. 121°36’E, 7 Nov. 1986, M.l.H. Brooker 9520 (CANB, NSW. PERTH); 34 km NNE
of Mt Heywood, M.A. Burgman 1419 and S. McNee (PERTH); 4 1 .5 km NNE of Mt Ney. 33°03'36"S,
122°38'40"E, 22 June 1983, M.A. Burgman 1430 and 5. McNee (PERTH); 7 km NW of Clyde Hill,
33°17'49''S, 1 22°55'42"E, 6 Aug. 1983, M.A. Burgman 1794 and 5. McNee (CANB, PERTH); 12 km
NNW of Clyde Hill, 33°17'49"S, 122°55'42"E, 6 Aug. 1983, M.A. Burgman 1800 and 5. McNee
(PERTH); 40 km NW of Clyde Hill, 33°03'S, 1 22°45’E, 7 Aug. 1 983, M.A. Burgman 1 835 and S. McNee
(CANB, PERTH); 32 km N of Mt Ney, 33°05'56"S, 122°25'31"E, 8 Aug. 1983, M.A. Burgman 1844
and S. McNee (PERTH); 34.5 km SSE of Peak Eleanor, 0.1 km W of Ned’s Corner Road and Rollands

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

27

Road, crossroads, 33 ° 1 5' 1 6" S , 121 o 06'30"E, M.A. Burgman 1915 and 5. McNee (CANB); 34kmNNE
of Mt Hey wood, 16.08 km NW of Mt Ney Road or Clyde Rock Road, 33 02 30 S, 122 36 52 E,
M.A. Burgman 3019 and C. Layman (PERTH); Salmon Gums, 25 Oct. 1988, D. Collins s.n. (PERTH),
(Lort?) River, Dec, 1940, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 20.2 km W of Balladonia Road House on
highway, 32°15'S, 123°26'E, 19 Oct. 1983, K. HfUlM, L.A.S. Johnson and D. Blaxell; 16 km W of
Grasspatch on Grasspatch Road, 33°14'S, 121°32'E, 22 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 300, L.A.S. Johnson and
D. Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); Dundas Nature Reserve, 14 Dec. 1990, G.J. Keighery 12610 (PERTH);
42 km W of Grasspatch, 15 Nov. 1980, K. Newbey 8139 (PERTH); Grasspatch, 1973, P. Richmond
R100 (PERTH).

Figure 10. E. indurata - buds ( M1HB 8486) and fruit ( MIHB 8924) (xl.7)

Distribution. From south-west of Ravensthorpe to Balladonia and particularly common inland from
Esperance, Western Australia (Figure 1).

Conservation status. Common and well represented in conservation reserves.

Flowering period. June-September.

Etymology. The name refers to the hard rough bark (Latin induratus - hard).

28

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Notes. Habitat preference has not been noted over much of the range, but in the centre of the distribution
(the Esperance hinterland), the species invariably occurs on slight rises in otherwise plain country or
between salt lakes. The species is not readily confused with any other.

Eucalyptus ser. Subulatae Blakely, "A Key to the Eucalypts" 64, 267 (1934).

Type: E. oleosa F. Muell. ex Miq.

The E. series Subulatae belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus. It is diagnosed by:
mallee, mallet or tree, bark smooth or rough, cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets not glandular,
anthers cuboid or globoid, fruits with persistent fragile style remnants surmounting valves, seed grey,
shiny, compressed-ovoid, smooth with shallow longitudinal furrows on dorsal side.

The series consists of about 50 taxa (L.A.S. Johnson, unpublished) more than half of which are
unpublished, so a key to the published remainder would merely be an academic exercise of little
application as so many of the new taxa are frequently encountered in the field.

14. Eucalyptus aspersa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 12)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 246 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" ad Eucalyptum seriem Subulatas Blakely pertinens ad 5 m altus, cortice testaceo
vel pallido-cinereo laxo, foliis plantularum et juvenilibus decussatis, ellipticis, ad 3.5 x 1 cm, hebetibus,
viridibus, foliis adultis viridis leviter nitidis, fructibus parvis (ad 0.7 x 0.6 cm), et opercula rostrata
differt.

Typus: 2 km N of Serpentine River along Albany Highway, 32°31'S, 116°2rE, 9 Oct. 1985,
M.I.H. Brooker 9047 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallee to 4 m tall with light yellowish brown to light grey rough bark loosely held on lower half
of stems, or of long smooth strips partly detached. Forming lignotubers. Seedling leaves sessile,
decussate, remaining opposite for 5-7 pairs, elliptical, to 3.5 x 1 cm, dull, green. Adult leaves
alternating, petiolate, narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, to 9 x 1.5 cm, concolorous, slightly glossy,
green; reticulation dense, with very numerous intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary,
unbranched, to 13-flowered; peduncles slightly Battened, to 0.8 cm long. Buds pedicellate, to 1 .2 x 0.3
cm, bi-operculate; hypanthium cupular, inner operculum beaked and much longer than hypanthium.
Stamens mostly inflexed with anthers around style; all fertile. Flowers not seen. Ovules in 4 vertical
rows on placenta. Fruits pedicellate, cupular to slightly urceolate, to 0.7 x 0.6 cm; 4 persistent style
remnants may emerge. Seed flattened ovoid, grey-brown, almost smooth, with a few shallow
longitudinal grooves, hilum ventral.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Summit of Mt Saddleback, 32°58'S, |
1 1 6°27’E, 26 July 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8249,8250 (CANB, NSW, PERTH), 20 Oct. 1983,1
M.I.H. Brooker 8291 ,8292 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Metro Road, 1 .6 km S of Pike’s Road, 7.9 km N
of Wearne Road, North Bannister, 32°30'S, 1 16°31'E, 9 Oct. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9043 (CANB,
PERTH); 0.6 km S of Pike’s Road, 32°29'S, 1 16°31’E, 9 Oct. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9044 (CANB,
PERTH); 9.6 km E of Metro Road, 32°32'S, 1 16°36'E, 27 Nov. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9m (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); Rick’s Road, E of N Bannister, 32°33’S, 1 16°40'E, 4 June 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 934 1

M.I.H. Brooker& S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

29

Figure 1 1 . Distribution of taxa Nos 14, 16, 17, 19-21 .

(CANB, NSW, PERTH); N of Crossman, E of Albany Highway, 31 Mar. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9578a
(CANB, PERTH); Tohl’s farm, SW of Kojonup, 33°54'S, 1 17°02'E, 26 Nov. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker
9827 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 2.1 km S on Metro Road, S of Brookton Highway, 13 June
1988, M.I.H. Brooker 9961 , 9962 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Godfry Block, S of Williams,
May 1973, R. Edmiston 363 (PERTH); 9 km N of Frankland townsite, F. Haynes s.n. (PERTH); Top
of Mt Saddleback, 24 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 363, L.A.S. Johnson & D. Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); Boyup
Brook area, July 1986, E M. Knapp s.n. (PERTH); E of Boyup Brook Shire, Oct. 1986, E. Knapp s.n.
(PERTH); Wahkinup Reserve, 28 Feb. 1989, G.S. McCutcheon 2001 (PERTH); Dobaderry Reserve,
N of Brookton Hwy, 23 Feb. 1990, S. Patrick 460 (CANB, K, PERTH); Stockyard Block, Harvery (sic)
district, 23°07'10"S, 1 16°24T2"E, 9 Aug. 1988, J.L. Robson 89 (PERTH); Wandering Forest Block,
June 1989, J.L. Robson 368 (PERTH); Lane Poole Reserve, 29 June 1989, J.L. Robson s.n. (PERTH);

I. 3 km S down South Rd from Wearne Rd Junction, Wearne Forest Block, 1990, J.L. Robson s.n.
(PERTH); 2.1 km N up Link Rd, from junction of Wearne road and 150 m west, 28 Feb. 1990,

J. L. Robson s.n. (PERTH); Mt Saddleback, 32°57'S, 116°27E, 28 Aug. 1980, A. Weston 12614
(PERTH); Narrogin, 5 Nov. 1927, C.J. White 5299 (PERTH); Julimar State Forest, map ref. MX7754,
30 Aug. 1978, C.W. (sic) s.n. (PERTH).

30

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 12. E. aspersa - buds and fruit (x 1 .2) (M1HB 9\2i)

Distribution. From the vicinity of Boyup Brook and Kojonup northwards through the Darling Range
to about the Brookton Highway west of Westdale, Western Australia (Figure 1 1).

Flowering period. Not known.

Conservation status. Widespread in the eastern jarrah forest but sporadic and locally rare. In need of
monitoring (Priority 5 in Hopper et al. 1990).

Etymology. The name refers to the scattered occurrence of the populations in the jarrah forest (Latin
aspersus - scattered).

Notes. E. aspersa occurs in small, more or less pure stands in open forest. There are many occurrences
between North Bannister and Westdale on flat country between low hills. It occurs notably at one
elevated site. This is a stand on the summit of Mt Saddleback south of Boddington. While forming
fruits, this population has been found to be sterile unlike all other stands examined.

Eucalyptus ser. Curviptera Maiden, "Crit. Revis. Gen. Eucalyptus" 7:1 17 (1925).

Type: E. burracoppinensis Maiden & Blakely

The£. ser. Curviptera belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus. The series is diagnosed
by the following: mallee rarely tree, decorticated bark often ribbony and held loosely over most of

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

31

stems, rough in one species, cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets not glandular, leaves moderately
thick; buds and fruit relatively large and include the largest in the genus, buds few in number (two
species with single buds, several with three, few with seven), ovules in 4- 10 vertical rows, disc of fruit
prominent and in some species massive, concave, ascending to vertical.

The series comprises two subseries, easily identified by the arrangement of the stamens.

Key to subseries of E. ser. Curviptera

1 . Stamens inflexed E. subser. Inflexae

1 . Stamens erect, oblique or variously curved E. subser. Curviptera

Eucalyptus subser. Inflexae Brooker & Hopper, subser. nov.

Arbor parva rare fruticosa, cortice laevi aurantiaco vel aurantiaco-brunneo vetere saepe laxe tenenti
atroporphyreo. Folia adulta falcata, viridia, leviter nitentia. Inflorescentiae 7-florae. Alabastra
ovoidea vel globosa. Stamina inflexa. Fructus haemispherici disco lato annulato, saepe rimis radiatis.

Typus: E. lane-poolei Maiden

Notes. E. lane-poolei occurs in small scattered communities from south-east of Busselton and near
Denmark, northwards on the western scarp of the Darling Range and adjacent plains extending towards
Jurien. In habit it is often a crooked tree. The bark is usually bright orange in season. The leaves are
glossy, a rare feature in series Curviptera, and characteristically falcate. The inflexed staminal
filaments and radially split surface of the disc distinguish it in the series.

Eucalyptus subser. Curviptera

Key to species of E. subser. Curviptera

1. Inflorescences single-flowered

2. Leaves on mature plant glaucous

3. Inflorescences with long, down-curving peduncle E. rhodantha

3. Inflorescences without peduncles or peduncles very short

4. Leaves on mature plant to 24 x 1 1 cm; fruit to 7 cm

wide E. macrocarpa subsp. macrocarpa

4. Leaves on mature plant to 10x7 cm; fruit to 5 cm

wide 17. E. macrocarpa subsp. elachantha

2. Leaves not glaucous, petiolate

5. Leaves on mature plant pale green to yellow green on short,

stout petioles to 1 cm long 16. E. impensa

5. Leaves (adult) blue-green to grey-green, petioles to 3 cm long E. rameliana

1 . Inflorescences > 1 -flowered

32

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

6. Leaves on mature plant shortly petiolate, opposite to sub-opposite,

ovate, to 13 x 10 cm, dull, grey-green; inflorescences 3- or

7-flowered; flowers cream or pale pink E. carnabyi

6. Without the above combination of characters
7. Inflorescences 3-flowered

8. Buds smooth E. oldfieldii

8. Buds ribbed

9. Peduncles to 8 cm long; fruits to 5.5 cm wide E. pyriformis

9. Peduncles to 4 cm long

10. Adult leaves maturing glossy green; i-nflorescences erect E. burracoppinensis

10. Adult leaves dull; inflorescences pendulous

1 1 . Buds to 5 x 5 cm E. youngiana

1 1. Buds to 4.5 x 3.5 cm
12. Fruits to 3 x 4 cm, ribs sharp
13. Flowers yellow; branchlets, buds, fruit not

glaucous E. kingsmillii subsp. kingsmillii

13. Flowers pink to red; branchlets, buds fruit

glaucous 18. E. kingsmillii subsp. alatissima

12. Fruits to 2 x 3.3 cm; ribs rounded E. pachyphylla

7. Inflorescences 7-flowered

14. Bark rough 15. E. glomerosa

14. Bark smooth

15. Buds ribbed, red E. sessilis

15. Buds smooth

16. Operculum beaked E. oxymitra

16. Operculum conical

17. Disc of fruit broad, ascending E. drummondii

17. Disc of fruit annular E. annuliformis

15. Eucalyptus glomerosa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 13)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 262 (1990).

Misapplied name: "E. ewartiana" auct. div. non Maiden, e.g. Black in "Flora of South Australia" 632
(1952), Chippendale in "Flora of Central Australia" 243 (1981).

Frutex "mallee" ad 5 (raro 10) m alta, cortice inferiore laxa, squamata, brunnea vel flavo-brunnea,
superiore laevi, grisea, vel vivide cuprina. Folia adulta alternantia, petiolata, elliptica vel lanceolata,
ad 9 x 1.8 cm, hebetia pallido-viridia. Inflorescentiae axillares; alabastra globosa pedicellata, fructus
pedicellati, globosi discum includens, ad 1 x 1.5 cm, disco elevato, valvis exsertis.

Typus: 180 km NE of Cosmo Newberry, 9 May 1984, M.l.H. Brooker 8538 & S.D. Hopper (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

33

Mallee to 5 m tall with flaky, loose, brown to yellow-brown rough bark for 1 -3 m, smooth grey over
salmon pink to bright coppery above; branchlets sometimes glaucous. Forming lignotubers. Cotyledons
bisected. Seedling leaves petiolate, decussate, remaining opposite for 5-7 pairs, orbicular to ovate, to
4 x 4 cm, glaucous. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, elliptical to lanceolate, to 9 x 1.8 cm, dull light
green; side veins numerous; reticulation dense, with scattered intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences
axillary, unbranched; 7(9)-flowered; peduncles terete, to 1.7 cm long. Buds on long pedicels to 1 cm
long, globular, to 0.4 x 0.4 cm, bi-operculate; inner operculum hemispherical. Stamens oblique, all
fertile. Mature anthers not seen. Flowers not seen. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits pedicellate,
globose (including the disc), to I x 1.5 cm; rim thick; disc broad, ascending; valves (3)4(5), exserted
to 0.4 cm. Seed yellow-brown, somewhat boat-shaped or asymmetrical with a wing-like extension at
one end.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 0.9 km E of Warburton t/o on track to Neale
Junction, 10 May 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8550 & S.D. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH); 10 km E
of Duketon on Bandya Stn, 27°38'S, 122°25'E, 7 June 1988, R.J. Cranfield 6886 (CANB, PERTH);
23 km S of Neale Junction, 28°28S, 125°48E, 16 July 1974, A.S. George 1 1955 (PERTH); 244 km SW
of Warburton, 14 km SW of Terhan Rockhole on Laverton Road, 27°08'S, 12D4FE, 16 June 1983,
S.D. Hopper 2915 (CANB, PERTH); 297 km SW of Warburton, 36.5 km NNE of Beegull Waterholes
on Laverton Road, 27°25'S, 124°20E, 16 June 1983, S.D. Hopper 2920 (PERTH); 16 km S of Neale
Junction, 28°24'S, 125°47'E, 9 Jan. 1987, D.J. Pearson 146 (PERTH).

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 2 km west of Vokes Hill Junction, 22 Aug. 1980, C.R. Alcock 8132 (AD); 72
km west of Vokes Corner, 4 June 1969, C.D. Boomsma 403 (AD); 25 km NE of Churina Well, 213 km
N of Cook, 28 C 56'S, 130° 26E, 28 Aug. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9424 & D. Kleinig (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 105.6 km E of Voke’s Junction, 28°33'S, 131°41'E, 29 Aug. 1986, M.I.H. Brooker
9434 & D. Kleinig (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); south of Mt Lindsay, 5 July 1961, J.B. Cleland
s.n. (AD); west of Serpentine Lakes, 20 July 1979, T. Dennis 20 (AD); 30 km west of Vokes Junction,

8 Feb. 1978, T. Dennis 98 (AD); 252 km north of Cook, 16 July 1 977, T. Dennis 1 02 (AD); 30 km south
on Kintore Avenue, 13 Aug. 1979, T. Dennis 176 (AD, CANB); south-east of Mt Cheeseman Peak Jn,
c. 135 km south of Mann Range, 15 Aug. 1979, T. Dennis 178 (AD); west of Serpentine Lakes, 20 July
1979, T. Dennis 201 (AD); east of Serpentine Lakes, 1 9 July 1980, T. Demis 208 (AD); c. 242 km west
of Mabel Creek H.S., 1 6 July 1 972, N. Donner 3888 (AD); c. 32 km west of Vokes Corner, 1 7 July 1 972,
N. Donner 3916 (AD); 2 km east of Vokes Corner, 22 Aug. 1980, N. Donner 7334 (AD. CANB); 80
km west of Vokes Corner, 27 Aug. 1980, N. Donner 7454 (AD, CANB); Victoria Desert, 18Mar. 1969,
B. Forbes s.n. (AD); 37 miles west of Emu, 8 Sep. 1956, N. Forde 507 (AD); north side of road running
west from Vokes, 22 Aug. 1 980, C. Jackson 1 339 (AD); north of Lake Wyola, 1 June 1 970. J. Johnson
& S. Reid 5 (AD); station 24, western bank of Serpentine Lake, 27 June 1967, J. Johnson s.n. (AD);
station 45, c. 7 km north of Lake Meramangye, 5 July 1967, J. Johnson s.n. (AD); 6.35 km north up
lakes from Camp 1,21 Jan. 1979, V.J. Levitzke 36 (AD, CANB); Serpentine Lakes, 22 July 1979,
V. Levitzke 52 (AD); 15 miles north of Emu, 1 July 1967, T.R.N. Lothian s.n. (AD); c. 20 km west of
Emu, 31 May 1967, T.R.N. Lothian 3910 (AD); 12 miles north-west of Emu, 31 May 1967, D. Scoles
s.n. (AD); few miles north of Mt Lindsay, 6 Aug. 1962, D.E. Symon 2583, 2586 (AD); 47 miles south-
east of Cheeseman’s Peak Road, 6 Aug. 1962, D.E. Symon 2601 (AD); 8 km south of Waldana Well,
21 Aug. 1980, D.E. Symon 12382 (AD); 6 km west of Vokes Hill, 22 Aug. 1980, D.E. Symon 12419
(AD); ± 28 km west of Vokes Hill, 23 Aug. 1980, D.E. Symon 12493 (AD); c. ! 10 km north of Emu-
Giles Road, 20 July 1961, H. Turner (AD); c. 10.5 km north-east of Moolapinna Hill, c. 4.5 km east-
south-east of Ampeinna Hills, 26 Aug. 1978, D. Whibley 6381 (AD, CANB); 16 miles south of Mt
Davies airstrip on road to Mt Lindsay, 5 Aug. 1962, P.G. Wilson 2472 (AD).

34

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 13. E. glomerosa - buds (MIHB 8550) and fruit (M1HB 9434)

Distribution. The Great Victoria Desert in both Western and South Australia, from south-west of
Warburton east to south of Mt Davies and south-east to Emu, always north of the Nullarbor Plain,
apparently restricted to red sand. This area is largely unexplored botanically and nothing is known of
the continuity of occurrence of this new species (Figure 14).

Conservation status. Widespread and represented in desert conservation reserves.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. The name refers to the globular buds (Latin glomerosus - globular).

Notes. E. glomerosa has been mistaken for E. ewartiana for many years (e.g. Chippendale 1 973, 1988).
This has probably been due to the similarity of the buds and fruit as seen on herbarium specimens. The
fruits of E. glomerosa are similar in shape though larger but the bark of the two species is quite different.
E. ewartiana has the distinctive minniritchi bark while that of E. glomerosa is more formless, being
thick, loose and flaky. The pedicel of the fruit of E. ewartiana is stout, quadrangular in cross-section
and widens towards the attachment with the hypanthium. In E. glomerosa, the pedicel is more slender,
terete, and attaches to the ± flat underside of the hypanthium.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

35

Figure 14. Distribution of E. glamerosa and E. kingsmillii subsp, alatissima

16. Eucalyptus impensa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 15)

Brooker & Kleinig. "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" ad 1 .5 m altus, effusus, cortice laevi cinereo vel pallido-cupreo. Surculi virides non
glauci . Fol ia plantae maturae breviter petiolata, opposita vel sub opposita, ovata, ad 1 4 x 8 cm, hebetia,
pallido-viridia vel flavido-viridia, rigida. Inflorescentiae axillares, flore solitario. Alabastra valde
rostrata. Fructus sessiles hemisphaerici disco excluso, ad 2.5 x 6 cm, pedunculo crasso ad 2 cm longo,
disco conspicuo ascendenti et valvis (5) exsertae. Semina pyramidalia, inaequilatera, brunnea,
ventraliter costatis.

Tvpus: NW of Warradarge, 30°00'S, 1 15°15'E, 13 Aug. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9736 (holo: PERTH;
iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Straggly mallee to 1.5 m tall with grey over pale coppery smooth stems. Juvenile leaves petiolate,
opposite for many pairs, ovate, to 1 1 x 6 cm, blue-green to glaucous. Shoots of new growth green, not
glaucous. Leaves on mature plant on short stout petioles, opposite to sub-opposite, ovate, to 1 4 x 8 cm,
concolorous. pale green to yellow-green, stiff. Inflorescences axillary with a single flower on a thick
peduncle to 2 cm long. Bud on stout pedicel, hypathium hemispherical, operculum strongly beaked,
slightly ribbed, to 5 x 2.5 cm including pedicel. Stamens all fertile; anthers versatile, dorsifixed, oblong,
opening by broad lateral slits. Flowers pink. Fruits sessile, on thick pedicels to 2 cm long,
hemispherical (not including the disc), to 2.5 x 6 cm; disc conspicuous, ascending; valves 5, exserted.
Seed brown, pyramidal though asymmetrical, with ribs ascending to the ventral hilum.

36

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 7 Aug. 1988 , M.I.H. Brooker
s.n. (fruit and seed collection only, in CANB); and 13 Nov. 1991, M.I.H. Brooker 10865 (coppice,
regrowth after fire) (CANB); 17 km NW of Moora, 3.4 km N along Agaton Rd from Moora-
Badgingarra Rd. 30°03'30"S, I I5°05’60"E, 30 July 1980, S.D. Hopper 1645 (PERTH); type locality,
29 May 1991. A. Popplewell s.n. (CANB) and 2 July 1 99 1 , A. Popplewell s.n. (CANB).

Figure 15. E. impensa - bud ( Popplewell s.n.) and fruit ( MIHB 9736) (x 1 . 1 )

Distribution. Known only from the type locality (Figure 1 1) and another near Moora.

Conservation status. Endangered. Declared as Rare Flora (species no. 151 in Hopper et al. (1990)).

Flowering period. June-July. The type population was not seen between Aug. 1988 and Sep. 1990
during which time the plants flowered and produced fruit and seed. It was first seen in flower on 2 July
1991 (Popplewell s.n. in CANB).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

37

Etymology. From the Latin impensus - large, strong alluding to the leaves and fruit.

Notes. E. impensa at the type locality consists of about 10 plants on a sandplain south-west of Eneabba.
The large fruit are reminiscent of E. macrocarpa but the shortly petiolate, non-glaucous leaves, both
juvenile and adult, are distinctive. It occurs in association with E. tetragona (R. Br.) F. Muell. and
E. macrocarpa Hook, subsp. macrocarpa , both of which exceed the depauperate E. impensa in stature.
Following a fire that destroyed the above-ground specimens, the mallees are regenerating from the
lignotubers and producing coppice of light green, petiolate leaves.

17. Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook, subsp. elachantha Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov.

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 266 (1990).

A subspecie typica foliis alabastris fructibusque brevioribus differt.

Typus: Cnr. Yandan Road and Brand Highway, 30°46'S, 1 15°34'E, 23 Jan. 1984, M.I.H. BrookerMOl
& S.D. Hopper (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the smaller leaves (to 10x7 cm), buds (to 5.5 x 3 cm) and
fruits (to 3 x 5cm).

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 48 miles NNW of Gin Gin, 2 Sep. 1970,
T.E.H. Aplin & R. Coveny 3120 (CANB, PERTH); Mimegarra Road T/O on highway I, 2.2 km S of
Ampol Roadhouse at Cataby, 18 Oct. 1978, J. Briggs 300 (CANB); 4 miles SW of Mount Lesueur,
23 July 1969, M.I.H. Brooker 1927 (PERTH); Yandanooka West Road, N/S section W of Mt Adams,
4 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8820 (CANB, PERTH); North West Road, SE of Badgingarra,
10 June 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9348 (CANB, PERTH): NW of Warradarge on NS track, 4.3 km W of
Brand Highway, 7 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10295 (CANB, PERTH); 2.6 km S of Gillingarra Road
on Capitella Road, S of Dandaragan, 18 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10034 (CANB, PERTH); c. 7 miles
NNE of Badgingarra, 180ct. 1966, G.M. Chippendale 25 (CANB, PERTH); 12kmNof Green Head
Road along Eneabba South Road, 24 Jan. 1 979, M. D. Crisp 5440 (CBG, PERTH); upper reaches of Hill
River, 24 Aug. 1948, C.A. Gardner 9038 (PERTH); 30 km E of Eneabba, Aug. 1982, N.J. Davidson
s.n. (PERTH); Allied Eneabba Sand Mine, 18 June 1979, B. Dixon S4495 (PERTH); New Geraldton
Road, 7 miles N of the Watheroo-Jurien Bay crossroad, 2 Sep. 1966, R. Filson 8480 (PERTH); 6.6 km
E of Badgingarra, 18 May 1967,£. Holm s.n. (CANB); 5 km S of Cataby Roadhouse on Brand Highway,
13Nov. 1979, S.D. Hopper 1492 (PERTH); 22 km SSW of Eneabba, 13Nov. 1979, S.D. Hopper 1499
(PERTH); 5.5 km SW of Mount Adams, 15 Nov. 1979, S.D. Hopper 1539 (PERTH); 43 km NW of
Mingenew, 9 Sep. 1980, S.D. Hopper 1673 (PERTH); 30 km SSW of Mingenew, 10 Sep. 1980,
S.D. Hopper 1673 (PERTH); 34 km ENE of Eneabba, 10 Sep. 1980, S.D. Hopper 1679 (PERTH);
16 km SW of Dandaragan, 5 km SE of Cataby, 1 1 Aug. 1983, S.D. Hopper 3121 (CANB, PERTH);
3 km S of junction of Mimegarra Road and Brand Highway, 5 June 1984, S.D. Hopper 37 65 (PERTH);
intersection of Mimegarra Road and Brand Highway, 5 June 1984, S.D. Hopper 3774 (PERTH); 0.8
km SSW of Yandanooka Hill, 3.5 km W on Lovegrove Road from Sundalara Road, 23 Nov. 1989,
A Kelly & A. Napier 55 1 (PERTH); along Brand Highway between Badgingarra and Gin Gin, c. 3 km
SE of Cataby, 5 Dec. 1982, A Strid 21710 (PERTH).

Distribution. From south of Cataby north almost to Badgingarra, Western Australia (Figure 11).

38

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Conservation status. Uncommon but represented in conservation reserves and in need of monitoring.
Priority 3 in Hopper et al. (1990) - reserve flora list.

Flowering period. August-September.

Etymology. The name refers to the smaller leaves, buds and fruit (Greek elachys - small and anthos
- flower) compared with the typical subspecies.

Notes. This subspecies became evident after a study of E. macrocarpa sens. lat. by Hopper et al.
(unpublished). It occurs towards the north-west of the distribution for E. macrocarpa and occurs within
the overall distribution while not being actually sympatric.

18. Eucalyptus kingsmillii subsp. alatissima Brooker & Hopper, subsp.nov. (Figure 16).

A subspecie typica ramulis alabastris fructibusque plus valde alatis differt.

Typus: Halfway between Neale Jctn and Serpentine Lakes, Great Victoria Desert (28 20'S, 1 27 00'E),
Western Australia, 18 Apr. 1991, D. Nicolle 7 (holo: CANB; iso: PERTH).

Mallee to 8 m tall with dark grey rough bark on stems to c. 10 cm diam. Stems and branches smooth
grey over cream. Branchlets glaucous. Crown with predominance of short, ovate intermediate leaves.
Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, ovate to lanceolate, 6- 1 0 x 1 .5-2 cm, concolorous, dull, blue-green
to grey-green. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 3-flowered; peduncles down-turned, 1.5-5 cm
long. Buds on angular pedicels to 2 cm long, glaucous, hypanthium obpyramidal, operculum pyramidal
tapering to long straight or curved point, both with wide longitudinal wings (to 0.5 cm), to 3.5 x 2 cm;
stamens oblique, all fertile; anthers versatile, sub-basifixed, with prominent terminal gland, opening
by broad lateral slits', flowers pink to red. Fruits winged, to 1 .5 x 2.5 cm; disc broad, ascending; valves
4, exserted.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern Division. Victoria Desert, July 1972,
G. Brooks s.n. (AD, CANB); Eastern Division, c. 92 km W of Serpentine Lakes, 18 July 1972,
N.N. Donner 3950 (AD, CANB); N of Nullarbor, 1969, J. Forde (PERTH); Great Victoria Desert,
Connie Sue Highway, 27 Aug. 1980, D.E. Symon 12753 (ADW, CANB).

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Region 1 : North-western (28°31 1 / 2 'S, 129°57'E), 25 July 1979,7. Douglas 66
(AD, CANB); 75 km west of Vokes Corner, track to Serpentine Lakes (28°32’S, 129°58'E), 24 Aug.
1980, J.S. Weber 6443 (AD, CANB).

Distribution. Known only along the track in the Great Victoria Desert east of Neale Junction in Western
Australia towards Vokes Junction north of Cook in South Australia. The northerly and southerly
distributions are not known (Figure 14).

Consen’ation status. Common and well represented in desert conservation reserves.

Flowering period. April-May.

Etymology. The name refers to the very prominent wings on the buds and fruit compared with those
of the typical subspecies (Latin alatus - winged, in the superlative).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

39

Figure 16. E. kingsmillii subsp. alatissima - fruit and buds (Nicolle 7).

Notes. E. kingsmillii subsp. alatissima differs from the typical subspecies and from E. pachyphylla in
the glaucous branchlets, the long attenuate opercula, and the deep wings of the buds and fruit. From
E. kingsmillii subsp. kingsmillii it differs in the red or pink flowers. Pink or red flowers occur (rarely)
in some E. pachyphylla but the buds and fruits are usually smaller than those of E. kingsmillii subsp.
alatissima and the peduncles much shorter.

All three taxa grow in relatively remote areas. E. kingsmillii subsp. kingsmillii and E. pachyphylla
appear to overlap in distribution and morphology, and while the distribution for E. kingsmillii subsp.
alatissima is the least known, it is possible that it occurs to the south and east and in isolation of these
other two. With its brilliantly coloured flowers and the grossly sculptured buds and fruit, E. kingsmillii
subsp. alatissima has considerable horticultural merit.

40

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Eucalyptus ser. Orbifoliae Brooker & Hopper, ser. nov.

Arboresparvaevelfructices"mallees''corticecharacteristicaMinniRitchi inflorescentiis7-floribus,
operculo exteriori vero, et disco fructus ascendenti.

Typus: E. orbifolia F. Muell.

Small trees or mallees with minniritchi bark, 7-flowered inflorescences, a true outer operculum, and
ascending disc to the fruit.

Key to species and subspecies of the E. ser. Orbifoliae

1 . Operculum shorter than or equal to hypanthium, rounded or pileate with
buds constricted, pedicels stout and often angular; leaves of the seedling

petiolate, dull green E. ewartiana

1. Operculum longer than hypanthium, pointed, buds not constricted, pedicels
not strongly angular; leaves of the seedling petiolate or sessile, glaucous

2. Leaves of mature plant lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, petiolate, entire

3. Leaves to 15 x 2.5 cm, buds to 1.5 x 1 cm, fruits to 1.3 x 2 cm; basal

bark thick amorphous, minniritchii above 19. E. crucis subsp. praecipua

3. Leaves to 8 x 1.5 cm, buds to 0.7 x 0.5 cm, fruits to 0.8 x 1 .4 cm;

minniritchi bark from base up E. crucis subsp. lanceolata

2. Leaves of mature plant orbicular or elliptical or ovate, sessile or
petiolate, entire or emarginate

4. Leaves of mature plant glaucous, sessile and orbicular or broader
than long, or shortly petiolate and ovate, entire; seedling leaves

sessile; tree or mallee E. crucis subsp. crucis

4. Leaves of mature plant green or glaucous, petioles to 2 cm long,
elliptical or ovate to orbicular, emarginate; seedling leaves petiolate;
usually a mallee

5. Leaves ovate or orbicular, glaucous

6. Operculum rounded E. orbifolia subsp. orbifolia

6. Operculum conical

7. Operculum more than 3 times longer than hypanthium E. educta

7. Operculum less than 2.5 x longer than hypanthium E. lata

5. Leaves longer than broad, green or yellow-green E. orbifolia subsp. websteriana

19. Eucalyptus crucis Maiden subsp. praecipua Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 17)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

A Eucalypto crucis subspecie lanceolata foliis adultis, alabastris fructibusque majoribus et cortice
ad basin aspero crasso amorpho non "minniritchi" differt

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

41

Typus: Wardagga Hill, Ninghan Station, 22 km SW of Paynes Find, 29°23'S, 1 17°30'E, 27 Aug. 1991,
S.D. Hopper 8132 & A.P. Brown (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, NSW).

It differs from subspecies Icmceolata in the larger adult leaves, buds and fruits.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Type locality, 2 Aug. 1986, R. Reakall s.n.
( J . Sampson 0088 and 0091) (PERTH); south of Paynes Find, 12 Aug. 1981, S.D. Hopper 1842
(PERTH); Wardagga Hill, 25 km SW of Paynes Find, 13 Jan. 1979, A. Southcott s.n. (PERTH);
Wardagga Hili on Ninghan Stn, 60 miles NE of Wubin, 2 November 1982, A. Southcott s.n. (CANB).

Distribution. Only known from the type locality (Figure 11).

Conservation status. Vulnerable, declared as Rare Flora (species no. 134 in Hopper et al. (1990)).
Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Latin praecipua - special, in allusion to its distinct morphology and isozyme
constituents.

Notes. Apart from the morphological distinction of the new subspecies, a study by Sampson et al.
(1988) on isozymes showed that the maximum genetic distance between the morphologically similar
subsp. lanceolata and subsp. praecipua was much larger than the distance of subsp. lanceolata from
the morphologically dissimilar subsp. crucis.

Figure 17. E. crucis subsp. praecipua - buds and fruit (Southcott s.n.)

42

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. I (1993)

Eucalyptus ser. Caesiae Brooker & Hopper, ser. nov.

Dum corticem "minniritchee" conjunctim E. ser. Orbifoliis habens, E. ser. Caesiae inflorescentiis
3-floribus, structura dissimili operculi et disco fructus verticaliter descendenti differt.

Typus: E. caesia Benth.

While having minniritchee bark in common with E. ser. Orbifoliae, E. ser. Caesiae differs by the
3-flowered inflorescences, the vertically descending disc of the fruit and the different structure of the
operculum which is formed by the upgrowth from the hypanthium of a ring of tissue which is itself
surmounted by the true corolline operculum, the minute sepaline structures having aborted early
(Drinnan & Ladiges 1989). This results in a "flange" (Brooker & Kleinig 1990) part way up the whole
opercular structure which can be seen as well in E. sturgissiana Johnson & Blaxell of southern New
South Wales. In fact, specimens of E. caesia lacking bark would not be recognised as having any
resemblances to E. ser. Orbifoliae.

Eucalyptus ser. Heterostemones Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 190, 209 (1867).

Type: E. gracilis F. Muell.

The series Heterostemones Benth. belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus and is
diagnosed by the following: mallee rarely tree, bark smooth or when rough typically tessellated,
cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets not glandular, adult leaves glossy with very acute basal venation,
flowers with outer staminodes, ovules in 4 vertical rows, seeds with smooth coat and shallow
longitudinal furrows.

Key to the species of the E. ser. Heterostemones

1. Buds and fruit square in cross-section

2. Hypanthium obconical in outline 20. E. quadrans

2. Hypanthium oblong or urceolate in outline

3. Buds 4-sided, i.e. square in cross-section E. calycogona var. calycogona

3. Buds strongly 4- or 5-sided with angles very prominent

(almost winged) E. calycogona var. spaffordii

1 . Buds and fruits round in cross-section

4. Pedicels very slender, equal to or longer than pyriform bud E. yilgarnensis

4. Pedicels shorter than bud

5. Adult leaves greyish or bluish green: branchlets glaucous;

buds and fruits often glaucous E. celastroides subsp. celastroides

5. Adult leaves green; buds, fruits and branchlets not glaucous

6. Fruits urceolate or contracted at the rim E. celastroides subsp. virella

6. Fruits cupular or barrel-shaped or slightly campanulate

7. Peduncles 0.3-0. 5 cm long; opercula conical to slightly

beaked £ brevipes

7. Peduncles >0.5 cm long; opercula patelliform or conical E. gracilis

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

43

20. Eucalyptus quadrans Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 18)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 292 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" Eucalypto gracili F. Muell. affinis a qua cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus tenuibus
subtilibusque, alabastris fructibusque majoribus, et hypanthiis ad basin quadrangularibus in sectione
transversal i differt.

Typus: 3.3 km W of highway, SW of Truslove (Hawkey Road), 33°20'S, 1 21 °40'E, 7 September 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8670 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallee with affinity to Eucalyptus gracilisF. Muell. from which it differs in the smooth stems, thin,
delicate juvenile leaves, larger buds and fruit, and hypanthium which is 4-sided in cross-section towards
the base.

Mallee to 5 m tall with grey, creamy, greenish or coppery smooth bark. Juvenile leaves shortly
petiolate, crowded, linear to narrowly lanceolate, to 6 x 0.6 cm, dull, glaucous. Adult leaves petiolate,
alternating, narrowly lanceolate, to 10 x 1.3 cm, concolorous, glossy, green; side veins acute;
reticulation dense, with numerous relatively large intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary,
unbranched, 7-flowered; peduncles more or less slender, angular in cross-section or somewhat
flattened, to 1 .5 cm long. Buds pedicellate, to 0.7 x 0.5 cm. hypanthium obconical in outline, 4-sided
in cross-section, operculum variable, patelliform, pyramidal or slightly beaked. Stamens inflexed with
outer long filaments barren, inner short filaments with anthers. Fertile filaments narrowing sharply at
summit and anthers basifixed, cuboid to globose, opening by terminal pores. Staminodes much twisted
in flower. Flowers creamy white. Style narrowed at base. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits pedicellate,
obconical or oblong in outline, 4-sided in cross-section, to 0.7 x 0.7 cm; rim thin; disc broad,
descending, often spreading inwards to the deeply sunken ovary roof; valves 4(5), included. Seed pale
reddish brown, flattened ellipsoidal, smooth.

Figure 18. E. quadrans - buds (x 1 .2) and fruit (xl.l) (MIHB 8670)

44

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 6 miles W of Norseman-Esperance Road on
road to Lake King. 18 September 1971, K. Allan 769 (PERTH); 2Vz miles E of Circle Valley, 25 April
1952, P.H. Barrett 8 (PERTH); 6 miles S of Salmon Gums, 16 September 1952, P.H. Barrett 42
(PERTH); 4 km along Mt Ney Road, NE of Kau Rock Road, 12 August 1982, M.l.H. Brooker 7553
(CANB, PERTH); NE of Esperance, 5 May 1 984, M.I. H. Brooker 8663 (CANB, PERTH); c. 7 km along
Kau Rock Road towards NW, 16 January 1983, M.l.H. Brooker 8791 (CANB, PERTH); 2 km NE of
Mt Ridley t/o on Dempster Road, 9 April 1985, M.l.H. Brooker 8925 (CANB, PERTH); 7.2 km from
Mt Ridley t/o going N, 5 November 1986, M.l.H. Brooker 9507 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); c. 10
km N of Grasspatch, 7 November 1986, M.l.H. Brooker 9523 (CANB, PERTH); 3.6 km from end of
made road up Field’s Road to N, 8 November 1986, M.l.H. Brooker 9526 (CANB, MEL, NSW,
PERTH); NE of Esperance, 5 September 1984, M.l.H. Brooker 9663 (AD, CANB, NSW, PERTH); 3
km E of Geordie Rock, 27 March 1983, M.A. Burgman 1066&Y McNee (PERTH); 1 7 km NW of Clyde
Hill, 4 May 1983, M.A. Burgmann 1237 & S. McNee (PERTH); 3.5 km WNW of Mt Burdett on
Norwoods Road, 1 October 1 983, M.A. Burgman 2563 & S. McNee (PERTH; 21 km NW of Clyde Rock,
13.4 km SE of Mt Ney Road on Clyde Rock Road, M.A. Burgman 3146 & C. Layman (PERTH);
between Norseman and Salmon Gums at 520.6 m.p., 29 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 624a (PERTH);
Grasspatch, 31 March 1968, S.G.M. Carr 626 (PERTH); 0.9 miles S of Kumarl, 24 March 1968^
G.M. Chippendale 390 (PERTH); 5 1 6 mile post on Norseman-Esperance Road, July 1972, R.J. Edmiston
E30 (PERTH); Salmon Gums, 12 September 1964, R.H. Kuchel 1738 (AD); Scaddan, June 1973,
O. Loneragan 50 (PERTH); 12 km E of Scaddan, 14 October 1982, P. van der Moezel 197 (PERTH);
16 km NE of Scaddan on Truslove Road, 13 September 1984, P. van der Moezel 483 (PERTH); 50 km
E of Ravensthorpe, 22 February 1 983, K. Newbey91 1 9 (PERTH); Young River c. 40 km from the coast,
16 December 1974, R. Pullen 10061 (CANB, PERTH); Pine Hills Rock-hole, between Mt Ragged and
Balladonia, 18 December 1974, R. Pullen 10090 (PERTH); 4 miles S of Salmon Gums, 1 8 April 1953,
R.D. Royce 4053 (PERTH); S of Circle Valley, Norseman-Esperance Road, 15 September 1962,
F.G. Smith 1571 (PERTH).

Distribution. The hinterland of Esperance, at least as far as Mt Hey wood to the north-east, and Salmon
Gums in the north, Western Australia (Figure 11).

Conservation status. Common and widespread. Not considered to be endangered.

Flowering period. August-November.

Etymology. The name refers to the 4-sided lower part of the hypanthium (Latin quadrans).

Notes. As implied, the distribution limits of E. quadrans are not known as it occurs in relatively,
unexplored country. To the west, i.e. towards Ravensthorpe, it appears to grade into a related, delicate
small -budded and small-fruited form, again with the crowded feathery fine juvenile leaves. This taxon
is being treated by others.

Eucalyptus ser. Porantherae Benth., FI. Austral. 3:191, 213 (1867). Type: E. uncinata Turcz.
lectotype, fide G.M. Chippendale, "FI. Australia" 19: 503 (1988).

E. ser. Normales Benth., op. cit. 193, 223. p.p. Type: not designated.

E. sect. Terminates Maiden, "Crit. Rev. Gen. Eucalyptus" 6: 530 (1924). p.p. Type: not designated.

E. ser. Fruticosae Blakely, "Key to the Eucalypts" 53: 221 (1934). Type: not designated.

[E. ser. Foecundae Pryor & Johnson, "Class, of the Eucalypts" 47: (1971), nom. inval. Type:
E. foecunda Schauer],

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

45

The E. ser. Porantherae belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed by
the following: tree or mallee, bark smooth rarely rough, cotyledons bisected, pith of branchlets not
glandular, adult leaves glossy green with dense reticulation, stamens indexed, clavate towards top with
completely adnate anthers, ovules in 4 vertical rows, rim of fruit thick with whitish disc, seeds with
smooth coat and shallow longitudinal furrows.

The Porantherae were recently treated by Brooker ( 1 988) (as "E. ser. Foecundae ") and this single
new species may be entered in the key as follows:

9. Bark smooth

"10" Crown of adult leaves somewhat olive-green, leaf edges slightly

crenulate; juvenile leaves linear-oblong, glaucous 21. E. olivina

"10" Crown of adult leaves green, leaf edges entire; juvenile leaves
linear to orbicular, green to glaucous
10 etc.

21. Eucalyptus olivina Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 19)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

Arbor vel frutex "mallee" ad Eucalyptum seriem Porantheras Benth. pertinens ad 4 m altus cortice
laevi cinereo. Folia adulta petiolata, alternantia, angusto-lanceolata vel falcata, ad 8 x 0.8 cm,
marginibus interdum plus minus vecrenatis, leviter nitentia, pallido-viridia vel olivacea. Indorescentiae
axillares, non ramosae, pedunculis ad 0.7 cm longis. Alabastra fusiformia. Fructus pedicellati
quadrangules, cupulati, ad 0.4 x 0.4 cm, disco annulato rimosis radiatis, vel descendentibus, albido.

Typus: At turn-off to Lake Cronin between Cross Roads and Mt Holland, E of Hyden, 32°23'S,
119°45'E,22 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 1001 1 & C.J. Ranford (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB MEL
NSW).

Free or mallee to 4 m tall with smooth grey bark. Seedling axis verruculose. Seedling and juvenile
leaves , sessile, remaining decussate for many pairs, linear-oblong, boat-shaped, to 3.5 x 0.8 cm,
glaucous. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, narrowly lanceolate or sometimes falcate, to 8 x 0.8 cm,
concolorous, slightly glossy .light green to olive green, with margins more or less crenulate; reticulation
dense, with numerous intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 7-1 1 flowered;
peduncles to 0.7 cm long. Buds fusiform, to 0.7 x 0.3 cm; operculum conical to slightly beaked.
Stamens inflexed, all fertile; anthers adnate, basifixed, opening by terminal pores. Flowers not seen.
Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits shortly pedicellate, cupular, to 0.4 x 0.4 cm; rim thick; disc annular
with radial splits, or descending, whitish; valves 3, just exserted. Seed grey, compressed-ovoid,
smooth, with shallow longitudinal furrows.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 16.4 miles W of Coolgardie-Norseman road
on Hyden track, 19 Sep. 1971, K.M. Allan 774 (PERTH); 291 mile peg on Hyden-Norseman track,
20 Sep. 1971, K.M. Allan 788 (PERTH); 283 m.p. on Hyden-Norseman track, 20 September 1971,
K. Allanl90 (PERTH); 2.3 miles N of Hyden-Norseman track on RPF, 22 September 1971, K. Allan
812 (PERTH); 26 miles N of Lake Grace, 4 May 1959, T.E.H. Aplin 478 (PERTH); 40 miles SW of
Peak Charles, 29 Mar. 1970, J.S. Beard 5866 (PERTH); 16.2 km NNW of Hyden towards Narambeen,

46

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

4 October 1975, M.I.H. B rooker 4995 (CANB, PERTH); 2 km S of Hyden-Norseman Road, 6 km W
of Cross Roads, 1 1 August 1979. M.I.H. Brooker 6319 (CANB, PERTH); 34 km from Narambeen on
Hyden Road, 12 August 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6327 , 6328 (CANB, PERTH); road from The Humps
to Mt Walker, 3 1 December 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6742 (CANB, PERTH); 17.7 km E of grid in RPF
east of Hyden, 9 August 1984, A7././7. Brooker 8624 (PERTH); 1 .6 km N of Hyden track, 9 Aug. 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8630 (CANB, PERTH); N of Hyden, 32°15’S, 118°55'E, 19 December 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8767 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); between road and Dragon Rock, 21 Oct. 1986,
M.I.H. Brooker 9477 (PERTH); 21.1 km SE from E Hyden Bin Road on Lake King Road, W of
Hurlstone, 21 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10010 (CANB, PERTH); 26.6 km S of Cross Roads, F. of
Hyden (32°40'S, 1 19°47'E), 22JuIy 1988 , M.I.H. Brooker 10015&C.7. Ranford (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); 1 .2 km W of gate on Lake Varley Road, 22 July 1 988, M.I.H. Brooker 1 0020 (CANB,
PERTH); W of N Ironcap, E of Hyden, 24 August 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 1005 1 (CANB. PERTH); 16
km N of Moolyall Rocks, on Hayes Road, 25 Mar. 1983, M.A. Burgman 1033 & S. McNee (PERTH);
R. Smith’s NE site, Lake Cronin, 8 December 1966, S. Chambers 177 (PERTH); site 68 along State
Vermin Fence No 7, 1 00 km SE of Southern Cross, 8 October 1 986, J. Dodd 3 14 (PERTH); Harrismith,

5 Mar. 1924, C.A. Gardner 2106 (PERTH); Lake Cronin, 85.7 km E of Hyden, ENE side of Lake
Cronin, 23 September 1989,A r . Gibson 3 (PERTH); 20 km N of Hyden, 190ct. 1987, J.W. Green 5528
(PERTH); E of North Ironcap on Forrestania-Southern Cross Road, 20 October 1987,7. W. Green 5555
(PERTH); 69 km E of Hyden, 20 Oct. 1987, 7. VP. Green 5562 (PERTH); 19 km N of Holt Rock,
17 September 1976, R. Hnatiuk 760846 (PERTH); 16 km SE of Kulin, 5 July 1977, R.J. Hnatiuk
770079 (PERTH); 6.3 km SW of McDermid Rock, 13February 1981, C.7. Keighery 3814 (PERTH);
Frank Ilann Nat. Park, 7 Aug. 1978, D. Monk 300 (PERTH); Frank Hann Nat. Park, 12 October 1978,

D. Monk 392 (PERTH); 305 mile peg on Norseman-Hyden Road, 7 Sep. 1 973, E. C. Nelson ANU 17336
(PERTH); 65 km Eof Lake King on road toDaniell, 12Sep. 1 973. E.C. Nelson ANU 1 7259 (PERTH);
5 miles NE of Lake King, 4 December 1 970, K. Newbey 3335 (PERTH); 35 km SW of McDermid Rock,
15 July 1979. K.R. Newbey 5300 (PERTH); 2 km W of Sunday Soak, ca. 65 km NNW of Norseman,
17 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5335 (PERTH); 0.5 miles E of Newdegate on road to Lake King, 28 Aug.
1973,47. T. Tindale 3765 (NSW, PERTH); Lake King Road, 15 miles E of Newdegate, 27 Nov. 1974,

E. W. Wittwer 1479 (PERTH).

Figure 19. E. olivina - buds and fruit (MIHR 4995)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

47

Distribution. South-eastern wheatbelt to well east of Hyden (Figure 11).
Conservation status. Common and widespread. Not considered to be endangered.
Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Latin olivinus - olive-coloured, referring to the leaves.

Notes. E. olivina favours deep reddish sands. It may be recognised by the mallee habit, smooth stems,
slightly olive-green crown and crenulate leaves. The pedicels of the fruit are often angular with the
angles extending just to the base of the hypanthium, showing a probable relationship to E. kumarlensis
Brooker to the east and which has green juvenile leaves. Of other species in the series, it is replaced
by E. rigidula Maiden in the north, E. hypochlamydea Brooker to the west and E. perangusta Brooker
to the south.

Eucalyptus ser. Rufispermae Maiden, "Crit. Revis. Gen. Eucalyptus 7: 152 (1929).

Type: E. woodwardii Maiden

The E. ser. Rufispermae belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed as
follows: tree, mallet or mallee, bark rough or smooth, cotyledonsreniform, pith of branchlets glandular,
juvenile leaves petiolate, adult leaves dull or glossy with veins and veinlets somewhat repand,
inflorescences 3- or 7-flowered (rarely more), stamens intlexed, all fertile, anthers versatile, sub-
basifixed, cuboid, opening by longitudinal slits, ovules in 4 vertical rows, seed lustrous ruby red,
flattened, with shallow reticulum, hilum ventral.

The series Rufispermae is probably the largest in the genus with more than 50 taxa. As the majority
are yet to be described it would be of little value, as for the Subulatae earlier, to provide a key to the
published species only.

22. Eucalyptus georgei Brooker & Blaxell subsp. fulgida Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 20)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990) as E. fulgida.

A subspecie typica foliis adultis non glaucis et viridibus nitentibus et fructibus minoribus
brevioribus differt.

Typus: 8.2 km E of Cross Roads, E of Hyden, 32°24'S, 1 19°50'E, 21 October 1986, M.I.H. Brooker
9482 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the non-glaucous, shiny green leaves and the smaller,
shorter fruits.

Tree to 20 m tall with completely smooth pale coppery bark with much ribboning in season.
Forming lignotubers. Juvenile leaves petiolate, alternating, ovate, to 12 x 6 cm, dull, glaucous. Adult
leaves petiolate (petioles to 3.5 cm long, minutely warty), alternating, lanceolate or falcate, to 15 x 2.5
cm, glossy, green; reticulation very dense, veinlets sinuate, with numerous very irregular intersectional

48

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, glaucous, 7-flowered; peduncles stout, angular, to 1
cmlong. Buds on short, stout angular pedicels, shortly clavate, to 1 x 0.7 cm; operculum hemispherical.
Flowers creamy white. Fruits subsessile to shortly pedicellate, obconical, to 1 x 1 .2cm; rim thick with
broad ascending, inner operculum scar; valves 5, not exserted.

Figure 20. E. georgei subsp .fulgida - buds ( MIHB 10069) and fruit (MIHB 10071)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 1 .5 and 4.7 km N of Hyden-Norseman track
from 8.6 km E of Cross Roads, 24 August 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10069, 10071 (AD, CANB, MEL,
NSW, PERTH); E of Mount Holland, July 1930, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 6 Feb. 1981,
G.J. Keighery 3771 (PERTH); Mt Holland area, 16 Aug. 1966, A. Kessell 408 (PERTH); near Lake
Cronin, 4 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5205 (PERTH); 6.5 km E of Lake Cronin, 21 July 1981, A./?. Newbey
8332 (PERTH); 62 km ENE of Lake King, 23 Aug. 1982, K.R. Newbey 971 1 (PERTH).

Distribution. East of Hyden in uncleared vegetation (Figure 21).

Consen’ation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey (Priority 2 (as E. aff. georgei ) in
Hopper et al. (1990)) on reserve flora list.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Latin fulgidus - shining.

Notes. E. georgei subsp. fulgida is easily recognised in the field by the slender smooth erect trunks,
and the crown of large thick glossy green leaves. The buds and fruits may or may not be glaucous. It
occurs in more or less pure stands and is notable in season, because of its stature compared with most
other taxa in the series Rufispermae, and for the long ribbons of partly shed bark.

23. Eucalyptus tenuis Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 22)
Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 330 (1990).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

49

Arbor parva ("mallet") ad 8 m alta Eucalypto pileatae Blakely affinis a qua constanter habitu
arboreo, caulibus gracilibus, intlorescentiis 3 vel 7-floribus, pedicellis longioribus et fructibus
obconicis vel campanulatis differt.

Typus: 15.2 km south of Nepean Mine on Burra Rock Road, 3 1 ° 1 8'S, 121°08'E, 12 Nov. 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 9075 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallet or rarely nrallee to 8 m tall with affinity to Eucalyptus pileata Blakely from which it differs
in the constant tree (mallet) form, slender stems, 3- or 7-flowered inflorescences, longer pedicels, and
obconical to campanulate fruits.

Whipstick mallet or more rarely erect-stemmed mallee to 8 m tall with grey over pale salmon-
coloured smooth bark, often partly shed and hanging in ribbons. Juvenile leaves petiolate, alternating,
narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate, to 12 x 1.5 cm, concolorous, glossy, bright green, ovate, to 7 x 4.5
cm. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, reticulation dense with numerous large, irregular, intersectional
oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched. 3 or 7-flowered; peduncles terete or slightly flattened,
0.8-5 cm long, often pendulous. Buds on distinct, often long pedicels, ribbed, clavate, to 1 . 1 x 0.8 cm;
operculum conical. Flowers not seen. Fruits pedicellate, obconical, to 1 x 1 cm; rim thick; disc level
to obliquely descending; valves 4(5), to rim level.

Figure 21. Distribution of taxa Nos 22-26, 28-32.

50

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 5 km NE of Norseman PO, ± 1 km N of Eyre
Highway, 29 August 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 49392 (PERTH); 9 km N of Hyden-Norseman track on
Mt Day Road, 7 November 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8356 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); NE of Mt Day,
32°07’S, 1 20°3 1 'E, 6 April 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8901 (PERTH); NW of North Ironcap, 24 August
1 988, M.I.H. Brooker 10053 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); between Boorabbin and Bullabulling,
21 Nov. 1991, M.I.H. Brooker 10891 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 10.4 km N of BP petrol
station on Kambalda East and West road, on road to Kalgoorlie, 23 Nov. 1991, M.I.H. Brooker 10898
(AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 12 km ENE of Mt Thirsty in the Norseman district, July 1985,
N. Caporns.n. (PERTH); 8.8 km N of Hyden-Norseman track along Mt Day track, 7 Nov. 1983, K. Hill
624, L. Johnson , D. Blaxell , I. Brooker & S. Hopper (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 315-332 mile pegs on
Hyden-Norseman track, 16Aug. 1966, A. Kessell 425 (PERTH); 3 miles E of Hatters Hill, 9 Dec. 1964,
F. Lullfitz 3981 (PERTH); 1 mile W of Lake Cronin, 4 December 1970, K. Newhey 3326 (CANB,
PERTH): 1 km N of Mt Day, c. 121 km W of Norseman, 14 July 1979, K. Newbey 5269 (PERTH); 32
km SW of McDermid Rock, c. 116 km W of Norseman, 15 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5301 (PERTH);
20 km SW of McDermid Rock, 26 Mar. 1980, K.R. Newbey 6776 (PERTH); 6 km SSE of Boorabbin,
c. 96 km E of Southern Cross, 25 July 1981, K.R. Newbey 8351 (PERTH); 4.8 km S of Boorabbin, c.
90 km E of Southern Cross, 26 Sep. 1982, K.R. Newbey 9619 (PERTH).

Distribution. Sporadically but widely distributed in the scrub between Hyden and Norseman and north
towards Coolgardie, Western Australia (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Common and under no major threat.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. The name refers to the notably slender stems of the species at the type locality (Latin tenuis
- slender).

Figure 22. E. tenuis - buds and fruit ( M1HB 10053) (xl.2)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

51

Notes. E. tenuis is usually an attractive mallet, a habit form rare in the series. It is also unusual in the
series Rufispermae for the occurrence of 3-flowered inflorescences. The peduncles are often
pendulous. It is very variable in the pedicels which can be the longest in the series.

24. Eucalyptus polita Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 23)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 338 (1990).

Arbor parva ad 9 m altacortice laevi. Ramuli leviterglauci. Folia adulta anguste lanceolata, ad 13
x 1 .3 cm, hebetia vel leviter nitentia, viridia. Inflorescentiae axillares, non ramosae, 7-florae. Alabastra
pedicellis brevibus crassis, vel plus minusve sessilia, ad 0.8 x 0.4 cm, operculo conico vel leviter
rostrato costatoque. Fructus obconici vel cupulati, ad 0.5 x 0.4 cm.

Typus: 62.7 km west of Mt Day Road on Hyden-Norseman track, 32°21'S, 119°54'E, 7 November
1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8361 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Small tree to 9 m tall or rarely mallee, with grey, whitish grey, yellow-green or pinkish grey smooth
bark becoming salmon pink to coppery. Branching habit sometimes steep. Branchlets red, slightly
glaucous. Juvenile leaves petiolate, alternating, ovate, to 1 0 x 6 cm, dull, blue-green to glaucous. Adult
leaves petiolate, alternating, narrowly lanceolate, to 13 x 1 .3 cm, concolorous, at first dull, maturing
slightly glossy green; reticulation dense, with scattered intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences
axillary, unbranched, 7-flowered; peduncles slightly angular, 0.6 - 0.9 cm long. Buds shortly, thickly
pedicellate or more or less sessile, ovoid, 0. 6-0.8 x 0.3-0. 4 cm; operculum conical to slightly beaked,
slightly ribbed. Flowers not seen. Fruits subsessile to shortly pedicellate, obconical to cupular, 0.4-0. 5
x 0.3-0. 4 cm; disc obliquely descending, often whitish; valves 3 or 4, slender, often slightly exserted.

Figure 23. E. polita - buds (MIHR 7060) and fruit (MIHB 8361) (xl.2)

52

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eyre Highway, 2.8 miles N of Daniell Siding,
16 Nov. 1970, J. Baker 81 (CANB, PERTH); 1.5 miles S of Daniell Siding, 23 Apr. 1952, P.H. Barren

I (PERTH); 90 mile tank/Kumarl Road, E of Bremer Range, Mar. 1983, A". Brady 18 (PERTH); 1.5
miles S of Daniell Siding, 17 July 1952, P.H. Barrett 12 (PERTH); 1 1 miles NW of 90 mile tank, NW
of Salmon Gums, 17 Dec. 1970, M.I.H. Brooker 25 1 8 (PERTH); c. 6 miles by road from Norseman-
Coolgardie Road, 6.6 km from Norseman, 6 April 1974, M.I.H. Brooker 4539 (CANB, PERTH); 5.5
km W of highway on track 15 km S of Hyden t/o, 9 Nov. 1981, M.I.H. Brooker 7060 (CANB, PERTH);
5.6 km W of Coolgardie-Norseman Road, 32°09'S, 121°37'E, 6 Nov. 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8349 (AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 34 km WNW of Salmon Gums, 1 1 May 1983, M.A. Burgman 13 16 &
S. McNee (PERTH); 16.4 km W of Peak Charles turn-off on Lake King Road, 8 Nov. 1986,
M.I.H. Brooker9536 (CANB, PERTH); c. 55 km SSW of Norseman, 5 km from highway towards Peak
Charles, 20 Sep. 1979, M.D. Crisp 5954 (PERTH); 8 miles north westward from Norseman, 6 Nov.
1953, C.A. Gardner 11153 (PERTH); 5.6 km W of highway on track turning off 1 1 km N of Norseman,
6 Nov. 1 983, AT. Hill 589, L.A.S. Johnson, D. F. Blaxell (NSW, PERTH); 1 7 km WNW of 90 Mile Tank,
21 km SWofMtGlasse, Bremer Range, 6 Sep. 1982, S.D. Hopper 2497 (PERTH); Kumarl, Apr. 1938,
L. Horbury s.n. (PERTH); Woodline, c. 85 km ENE of Norseman, 7 Aug. 1980, G.J. Keighery 2979
(PERTH); 31 miles E of 90 mile tank, 24 May 1955, A.R. Main 04746 (PERTH); Woolyeener Hill, 6
km S of Norseman, 14 Mar. 1980, K.R. Newbey 6742 (PERTH); 2 km NE of Peak Charles, c. 46 km
WNW of Salmon Gums, 2 1 Mar. 1980, K.R. Newbey 6762 (PERTH); Peak Charles Nat. Park, 23 Mar.
1980, K. Newbey 6769 (PERTH); 30 km ESE of Sinclair Soak, c, 75 km NE of Norseman, 6 Aug. 1980,
K. Newbey 6959 (PERTH); 19 km ENE of Norseman, 21 Sep. 1980, K. Newbey 7534 (PERTH); 75
km NE of Norseman, 21 Aug. 1982, K. Newbey 9710 (PERTH); Brockway Timber Reserve near
Norseman, Jan. 1989 L.M. Sandifords.n. (PERTH); between Lake King and Norseman, A. Stewart s.n.
(PERTH).

Distribution. North-west of Norseman, the Johnston Lakes area and south towards Peak Charles,
Western Australia (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Common and widespread.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Latin politus - polished, smooth, in reference to the bark compared with the
related rough-barked species, E. kondininensis Maiden & Blakely and E. clelandii Maiden.

Notes. E. polita has been confused with E. clelandii (Maiden) Maiden but is distinguished by the
completely smooth stems or trunk, glossy leaves and shortly pedicellate or sessile smaller buds and
fruit.

Eucalyptus ser. Torquatae Chippendale, FI. Australia 19: 506 (1988).

Type: E. torquata Luehm.

The E. ser. Torquatae belongs in the informal E. subgen. Symphyomyrtus. It is diagnosed by the
following: tree or mallee, bark rough or smooth, cotyledons reniform, pith of branchlets glandular,
juvenile leaves petiolate, adult leaves glossy except for one species, inflorescences 3-, 7-, or

I I -flowered, stamens inflexed, all fertile except i n one species, anthers versatile, sub-basifixed, oblong,
opening by longitudinal slits, ovules in 4 vertical rows, seed grey to grey-brown, compressed-ovoid,
deeply pitted on the dorsal side and toothed around the edges, hilum ventral.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

53

Key to species of E. ser. Torquatae

1. Leaves dull E. torquata

1. Leaves glossy

2. Inflorescences 3-flowered

3- Tree E. corrugata

3. Mallee E. grijfithsii

2. Inflorescences 7- to 1 1 -flowered

4. Operculum narrower than hypanthium

5. Fruit to 0.8 x 0.8 cm E. brachycalyx

5. Fruit to 1 .5 x 1 cm E. rugosa

4. Operculum equal to or wider than hypanthium

6. Operculum conical, as wide as hypanthium

7. Fruit obconical with exserted, out-turned valves E. melanoxylon

7. Fruit barrel-shaped or cylindrical with valves to rim level E. sp.W*

6. Operculum hemispherical to flattened or cap-shaped and beaked

8. Operculum hemispherical to flattened; peduncle >0.5 cm long E. concinna

8. Operculum cap-shaped, beaked; peduncle to 0.5 cm long 25. E. surgens

* This taxon is to be described by others. The letter code is that used in Brooker & Kleinig (1988).

25. Eucalyptus surgens Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 24)

Inter species seriei Torquatarum distinguitur pedunculis brevis crassis (ad 5mm longis), alabastris
hypanthio campanulato et operculo rostrato, staminodiis, et fructibus sessilis, cupulatis vel cylindricis,
cicatrice prominenti ad apicem.

Typus: Toolinna Cove, ca. 1 km north of coastal cliffs, 20 August 1989, S.D. Hopper 7340 (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Spreading mallee to 2.5 m tall with rough bark near base of trunks. Forming lignotubers.
Cotyledons reniform. Seedling leaves petiolate, opposite for 2-4 pairs, then alternating, elliptical then
broadly lanceolate to ovate, 5.5-6 x 2.5-3.5 cm, dull, blue-green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating,
lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, to 1 0 x 2 cm, concolorous, glossy, light green. Inflorescences axillary,
unbranched, 7-flowered; peduncles short, thick, slightly angular, terete, 0.3 - 0.5 cm long. Buds shortly
pedicellate, hypanthium campanulate, operculum cap-shaped and beaked, shorter than hypanthium,
1 .5 x 0.8 cm, outer operculum shed early; stamens inflexed, outer filaments without anthers; anthers
versatile, dorsifixed, oblong, opening by longitudinal slits;/7ovver.s' creamy yellow. Ovules in 4 vertical
rows. Fruits more or less sessile, cupular to cylindrical, to 1.2 x 0.9 cm; rim with prominent vertical
operculum scar; disc descending; valves 4, below rim level. Seed dark brown, compressed-ovoid,
pitted.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality on the coastal edge of the Nullarbor Plain. The type
population grows with E. angulosa Schau., E. discreta Brooker and E. brachycalyx Blakely on

54

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

gradually rising ground adjacent to a flat on the edge of coastal sand-ridges in powdery brown loam
and scattered limestone (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey.

Flowering period. August-?November.

Etymology. From the Latin surgens (rising) alluding to the conspicuous vertical scar on the rim of the
fruit.

Notes. The buds and fruits of E. surgens resemble those of E. platycorys but the two species belong
to different taxonomic series based on seed morphology. The series for the latter species has not been
formally published. The most striking distinction of the new species in relation to all other species in
the informal section Dumaria is the presence of staminodes. Staminodes throughout the genus
Eucalyptus are a strong diagnostic feature for taxonomic series, for example, E. ser. Heterostemones
(E. gracilis and related species). The existence of a species in Dumaria with unique qualiti ve character,
although seen elsewhere in the eucalypts, can be seen also with E. pimpiniana which has unique leaf
architecture for the section. These instances emphasise the independent accession of characters of no
recognised adaptive value in series throughout the genus.

Figure 24. E. surgens - buds and fruit ( SDH 7430)

Eucalyptus ser. Tetrapterae Blakely, "A Key to the Eucalypts" 15: 73 (1934).

Type: E. tetraptera Turcz.

The E. ser. Tetrapterae belongs to the informal E. subgen. Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed as
follows: tree, mallet, mallee or shrub, bark smooth, pith of branchlets with or without oil glands,
cotyledons reniform, juvenile leaves petiolate, adult leaves glossy green or olive-green, firm to very

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

55

thick, inflorescences I 3-, or 7-flowered, stamens inflexed, ovules in 4-8 vertical rows, seeds usually
black, flanged and shallowly pyramidal, with ventral side ribbed.

Key to species of E. ser. Tetrapterae

1. Inflorescences 1 -flowered

2. Straggly shrub with very thick adult leaves to 25 x 7 cm; buds and

fruit very big, square in cross-section, rigidly down-turned E. tetraptera

2. Erect mallet; adult leaves to 10 cm long; buds and fruit pendulous
3. Buds and fruits square in cross-section
4. Operculum to 1 cm long, pyramidal or hemispherical or flattened,

usually wider than long E. forrestiana

4. Operculum, >1.2 cm long, beaked, longer than wide 27. E. dolichorhyncha

3. Buds and fruits round in cross-section apart from strong multiple

ribbing E. stoatei

1 . Inflorescences 3- or 7-flowered

5. Buds and fruits square in cross-section; buds to 2.8 x 1 .3 cm; fruit to

2.6 x 1 .8 cm E. erythrandra

5. Buds and fruits round in cross-section

6. Adult leaves to 1 cm wide 26. E. captiosa

6. Adult leaves >1 cm wide

7. Fruits to 1 .3 x 1 .3 cm, smooth or slightly ribbed E. incrassata

7. Fruits to 2 x 2 cm, coarsely ribbed

8. Fruits contracted around middle; inland on red sand E. ceratocorys

8. Fruits not contracted around middle; coastal E. angulosa

26. Eucalyptus captiosa Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 25)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

Frutex "mallee” vel arbor "mallet" ad Eucalyptum seriem Tetrapteras Blakely pertinens, ad 4 m alta
corticepraecipuelaeviinterdum taeniformi. Folia adultaparva, angusta, ferentiaerecta. Inflorescentiae
axillares, erectae vel pendulae, 3 vel 7-florae, alabastris pedicellatis. Alabastra fructusque aliquantam
leviter costati.

Typus: 1.8 km W of Jerramungup North Road on Rabbit Proof Fence Road, 33°50’S, 1 18°55'E, 21 July
1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10000 & C.J. Ranford (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee or mallet to 4 m tall usually with grey, creamy white or pale coppery smooth bark,
occasionally ribbony on the stems. Pith glandular at some nodes, i.e. variable in this character. Seedling
leaves petiolate, opposite for 1(2) nodes. Juvenile leaves petiolate, alternating, ovate to lanceolate, to
7 x 2.5 cm, dull, blue-green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, narrowly lanceolate, 5-7 x 0.8-1 cm,
concolorous, glossy, green; reticulation dense or sometimes obscure and broken, with numerous

56

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

irregular, apparently intersectional oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 3- or 7-flowered;
peduncles slightly flattened, widening towards the top, to 1.5 cm long. Buds pedicellate, usually
slightly ribbed, hypanthium truncate-pyriform or cylindrical, operculum strongly beaked with narrow
often curved extension, to 1 .4 x 0.5 cm. Stamens inflexed, all fertile; anthers versatile, dorsifixed,
oblong, opening by longitudinal slits. Flowers pale yellow. Fruits pedicellate, cupular, to 1 x 0.9 cm,
often slightly contracted at rim; disc descending; valves 3(4), to rim level. Seed greyish black,
irregularly flattened with a prominent flange all around, slightly ribbed on the ventral side, hilum
ventral.

Figure 25. E. captiosa - buds, fruit and leaves ( MIHB 10001)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA; 10 miles E of Jerramungup, Oct. 1969,
A.M. Baird s.n. (PERTH); 39 km SW of Fitzgerald, Ravensthorpe-Ongerup road, 27 Aug. 1974,
A.C. Beauglehole 49227 (PERTH); 9.2 km W of Ravensthorpe-Lake King Road on Aerodrome Road,
16 July 1987. M.I.H. Brooker912\ (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Mallee Road, 1.8 km NE of
Lake North Road, 16 July 1987, M.I.H. Brooker9123, 9724 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); type
locality, 21 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10001 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 100 km W of
Ravensthorpe, 4 Nov. 1978, R.J. Cranfield 992 (PERTH); 7 miles E of Ongerup, 22 Aug. 1969,
H. Deman 1565 (PERTH); 1 2 miles W of Ongerup, 13 Mar. 1957,/W. Green 1 178 (PERTH); 14 miles
E of Ongerup, 3 Aug. 1957, J.W. Green (PERTH); 10.2 miles E of Jerramungup on road to
Ravensthorpe, 21 Mar. 1970, M.D. Tindale & B.R. Maslin T252 (PERTH).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

57

Distribution. Tambellup to Ravensthorpe, particularly the upper Gairdner River catchment, Western
Australia (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Common and widespread.

Flowering period. July.

Etymology. From the Latin captiosus - deceptive, in reference to the fine-leaved crown appearance
which is quite unlike that of the related E. incrassata Labill.

Notes. E. captiosa is the westernmost taxon of the series and is readily seen on roadsides in sandy
country north-east and north of the Stirling Range.

27. Eucalyptus dolichorhyncha (Brooker) Brooker & Hopper, stat. nov.

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 359 (1990).

Basionym : E.forrestiana Diels subsp. dolichorhyncha Brooker, J. Roy. Soc. W. Austral. 56: 74 ( 1 973).
Type: Grasspatch, 16 March 1957, J.W. Green 1252 (PERTH).

Notes. This taxon was distinguished by the beaked operculum, shorter pedicels, and smaller buds and
fruit compared with the typical subspecies. Robinson (1984) demonstrated that E.forrestiana subsp.
dolichorhyncha has narrower adult leaves ( 1 .7-2 cm), wider wings to the bud (0.4-0.5 cm) and lacked
ribs between the four wings compared with the typical subspecies (leaves 2-2.5 cm wide, wings 0. 3-0.4
cm deep). From recent field examinations of the two subspecies, we agree with Robinson’s findings
on morphology but consider that dolichorhyncha is specifically distinct. E.forrestiana sens, strict, has
a wide east- west distribution from the Cascades area east to the vicinity of Mt Ney . E. dolichorhyncha
has a more restricted distribution to the north from Truslove to Salmon Gums.

We do not agree with Robinson (1984) and Green (1985) in their treatment of E. stoatei as a
subspecies of E.forrestiana. The phenogram in Robinson (1984) shows that populations of E. stoatei
are relatively uniform and distinct from those of E.forrestiana. Specific rank rather than subspecific
is favoured here.

Eucalyptus ser. Ovulares Brooker, Brunonia 4:1 (1981).

Type: E. ovularis Maiden & Blakely

The E. ser. Ovulares belong in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed as
follows: tree or mallee, bark rough rarely smooth, pith of branchlets glandular although glands often
obscure, cotyledons reniform, juvenile leaves petiolate, adult leaves glossy green rarely bluish, in most
species densely glandular, stamens inflexed, ovules in 4 vertical rows, fruit often with prominent thin
rim, seeds brown, shallowly reticulate.

58

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Key to taxa of E. ser. Ovulares

1 . Bark smooth or rough at butt only

2. Adult leaves dull to slightly glossy, light green to blue-green;

fruit to 1 x 1 cm E. cyclostoma

2. Adult leaves glossy green

3. Bud constricted at join of operculum 29. E. exigua

3. Bud not constricted at join

4. Adult leaves densely reticulate, oil glands obscure E. oraria

4. Adult leaves with obscure reticulation, oil glands distinct, very

numerous E. cylindrocarpa

1 . Bark rough over part or whole of stems or trunk

5. Bud hypanthium widest towards base E. ovularis

5. Bud hypanthium not widest towards base

6. Bud constricted at join of operculum E. brachycorys

6. Bud not constricted

7. Adult leaves with prominent secondary venation E. baudiniana

7. Adult leaves with obscure secondary venation and very
numerous oil glands

8. Buds pyriform

9. Buds to 0.5 x 0.3 cm; fruits to 0.5 x 0.3 cm E. myriadena subsp. myriadena

9. Buds to 0.3 x 0. 15 cm; fruits to 0.2 x 0.2 cm 30. E. myriadena subsp. parviflora

8. Buds double-conic, rarely ovoid 28. E. aequioperta

28. Eucalyptus aequioperta Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 26)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 369 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" affinis Eucalypto ovulari Maiden & Blakely a qua foliis juvenilibus adultisque
majoribus, hypanthio alabastri fructusque obconico vel hemisphaerico differt.

Typus: 3.5 km E of Mt Walker, 20 March 1985, 32°04'S, 118°47'E, M.I.H. Brooker 8891 (holo:
PERTH; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW).

Mallee or rarely tree to 8 m tall with rough bark on lower half of stems. Forming lignotubers.
Seedling leaves petiolate, remaining decussate for about 3 pairs, elliptical to ovate, to 4.5 x 2 cm, blue-
green, dull. Adult leaves alternating, petiolate, lanceolate, to 1 1 x 1 cm, concolorous, glossy, green;
reticulation moderate to dense, more or less obscured by numerous large oil glands. Inflorescences
axillary, unbranched, 7- to 1 1 -flowered; peduncles slender, to 1.6 cm long. Buds pedicellate, "egg-
in-egg cup shaped" or broadly fusiform, to 0.6 x 0.7 cm. bi-operculate; inner operculum slightly beaked.
Stamens inflexed in bud, all fertile: anthers versatile, dorsifixed, oblong, opening by longitudinal slits.
Flowers not seen. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits shortly pedicellate, cupular to slightly obconical,
to 0.5 x 0.4 cm; rim thin; disc descending; valves 3(4), to rim level or slightly exserted. Seed
compressed-ovoid, brown, with shallow distinct reticulum.

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

59

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 49 km NW of Hyden towards Narambeen,
37°08'S, 1 18°35'E,4 0ct. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4999 and D. Blaxell (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 34 km
from Narambeen on Hyden road, 12 Aug 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 6326 (CANB, PERTH); 13.3 km W
of Bullabulling. 20 Aug. 1979 .M.I.H. Brooker 6397 (CANB, PERTH); 56 km S of Widgiemooltha,
21 Aug. 1979, M.I.H. Brooker 64 12 (CANB, PERTH); SandmineNW ofGnarlbineRock,c.32kmSW
of Coolgardie, 23 Aug. 1919. M.I.H. Brooker 6467 (CANB, PERTH); 128km W of Kalgoorlie, 14Mar.
1984. M.I.H. Brooker 8490 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 4.6 and 3.5 km E of Mt Walker, 32°04'S,
1 18°47'E, 19 Dec. 1984, M.I.H. Brooker 8769, 8770 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 12.2 km SW of
Bullabulling, 3 1°05'S, 120°48'E, 27 June mi. M.I.H. Brooker 9699 & S.D. Hopper (CANB. NSW,
PERTH); 4 km EofCorrigin-Bruce Rock road on Yelberrin road, 23 Aug. 1988 .M.I.H. Brooker 10044
(CANB, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Mt Walker, 23 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10048 (CANB, PERTH);
Church Road, E of Narambeen, 14 Sep. 1990, M.I.H. Brooker 10542 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
c. 30 km SSW of Coolgardie, 3 km NW of Gnarlbine, 3 1 Jan. 1979, M.D. Crisp 5610(CBG, PERTH).

Distribution. From north-east of Corrigin towards Coolgardie, Western Australia (Figure 21).
Conservation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Latin aequi - equal and opertus - cover, referring to the operculum shape, in
relation to the hypanthium.

Notes. A little-known taxon readily seen at the type locality and probably occurring widely scattered
to the north-east towards Coolgardie.

Figure 26. E. aequioperta - buds and fruit (M1HB 8891) (xl .25)

60

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

29. Eucalyptus exigua Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 27)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 373 (1990).

Frutex "mallee" Eucalypto brachycorytho BXakdy affims sedstaturainferiore,corticelaevi,etfoliis
plantularum alabastris fructibusque parvioribus differt.

Typus: 22 km W of Mt Day Road on Hyden-Norseman track, 32°15'S, 120°19'E, 7 Nov. 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 8359 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallee with affinity to Eucalyptus brachycorys Blakely but differing in the lower stature, smooth
bark and smaller seedling leaves, buds and fruit.

Mallee to 3 m tall with grey or whitish grey smooth bark. Seedling leaves petiolate, decussate,
remaining opposite for 3-4 pairs, ovate, to 4 x 1 .5 cm, light green. Juvenile leaves petiolate, alternating,
narrowly lanceolate, to 6 x 0.8 cm, light green. Adult leaves petiolate, alternating, narrowly lanceolate,
to 9 x 1 cm, concolorous, glossy, green; side veins thin, obscure; reticulation absent and with very
numerous island oil glands. Inflorescences axillary, unbranched, 7-flowered; peduncles more or less
terete, to 1.8 cm long. Buds on distinct pedicels, more or less cylindrical, to 0.5 x 0.4 cm; operculum
flattened - hemispherical or pileate, with the bud markedly constricted at the join of hypanthium and
operculum. Stamens inflexed, all fertile; anthers versatile, sub-basifixed, oblong, opening by
longitudinal slits. Flowers not seen. Ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits pedicellate, cupular and slightly
constricted at the rim, to 0.6 x 0.6 cm; rim thin; disc obliquely on vertically sloping downwards; valves
4, to rim level. Seed brown, flattened-ovoid, with a distinct shallow reticulum, hilum ventral.

Figure 27. E. exigua - buds (actual size) ( MIHB 10013) and fruit (xl.5) (MIHB 8900)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

61

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 93 km E of Hyden on Norseman track, 3 Oct.
1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4984 (CANB, PERTH); 52 km E of cross-roads on Hyden-Norseman track,
6 April 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 8900 (CANB , NSW, PERTH); NE of Lake Cronin, 100 mE of Caravan,

21 October 1986, M.I.H. Brooker94&3 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 1.8 km S of Cross Roads,

22 July 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10013 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 142.7 km W of Coolgardie-
Norseman Road on track to Hyden, 7 Nov. 1 983, K. Hill 630 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 1.8 km N of main
road on old track, 8.8 km E of Lake Cronin, S.D. Wopper5426(PERTH);nearLakeCronin,6Feb. 1981,
G.J. Keighery 3772 (PERTH); Lake Cronin area, 16 Feb. 1967, A. Kessell 567 (PERTH); 35 km SW
of McDermid Rock, c. 1 17 km W of Norseman, 15 July 1979, K.R. Newbey 5299 (PERTH), 1 kmNE
of Lake Cronin, c. 86 km E of Hyden, 19 July 1981, K.R. Newbey 8324 (PERTH).

Distribution. From the Cross Roads area east of Hyden eastwards towards Mt Day, Western Australia
(Figure 21).

Conservation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. The name alludes to the distinction from the nearest allied species, E. brachycorys, Latin
- exiguus small, feeble.

Notes. Known from three localities only, in an area not well surveyed botanically. It occurs in a small
pure stand at the Lake Cronin site.

30. Eucalyptus myriadena Brooker subsp. parviflora Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 28)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

A subspecie typica alabastris (ad 0.3 x 0.15 cm) fructibusque (ad 0.2 x 0.2 cm) minimis differt.

Typus: 9.5 km S of Cross Roads, E of Hyden, on Varley Road, 32°29'S, 1 19°45’E, 22 July 1988,
M.I.H. Brooker 10012 & C.J. Ranford (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, CANB, MEL, NSW).

It differs from the typical subspecies by the smaller buds (to 0.3 x 0. 15 cm) and fruit (to 0.2 x 0.2
cm).

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 4.6 km N of Cross Roads, E of Hyden
(32°22'S, 1 19°44'E), 28 Jan. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker951\ (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 5.2 km
N of Cross Roads, 24 Aug. 1988, M.I.H. Brooker 10066 (CANB, PERTH, NSW, MEL, AD); 542 m.p.
near Cross Roads to Marvel Loch, 8 Dec. 1968, S. Chambers 179 (PERTH).

Distribution. Restricted to a small area north and south of the Cross Roads east of Hyden, Western
Australia (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey.

Flowering period. Not known.

62

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Etymology. From the Latin - parviflorus, small -flowered. This subspecies has the smallest buds and
fruits of all eucalypts in the southern half of Western Australia.

Notes. The new subspecies occurs within the distribution of but not sympatrically with the typical form.
Little exploration for Eucalyptus has been made away from the principal roads in its vicinity.

Figure 28. E. myriadena subsp. parviflora - buds (MIHB 10066) and fruit (MIHB 10012)

Eucalyptus ser. Exsertae Blakely, "A Key to the Eucalypts" 29: 128 (1934).

Type: E. exserta F. Muell.

The series Exsertae belongs in the informal E. subgen. Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed by: tree
or mallee, cotyledons reniform, pith of branchlets not glandular, juvenile leaves petiolate, inflorescences
axillary, outer stamens erect in all but one species, ovules in 6 vertical rows, disc of fruit prominent,
level or ascending, seed elongately cuboid with hilum on small face (from apparently anatropous
ovules).

The E. ser. Exsertae (the eastern red gums (Boland et al. 1984)) has only two species in Western
Australia and it is sufficient in this paper to contrast only these taxa. E. camaldulensis is predominantly
smooth-barked and has seed with a smooth yellow seedcoat while E. rudis is predominantly rough-
barked and has dark brown to black seed with a finely pitted seedcoat.

Key to the subspecies of E. rudis

1 . Buds to 1 .2 cm long, fruits to 0.9 cm wide
1 . Buds to 1 .5 cm long, fruits to 1 .4 cm wide

E. rudis subsp. rudis

3 1 . E. rudis subsp. cratyantha

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

63

31. Eucalyptus rudis Endl. subsp, cratyantha Brooker & Hopper, subsp. nov. (Figure 29)

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 419 (1990).

A subspecie typica alabastris (ad 1 .5 cm longis), fructibusque (ad 1.4 cm latis) majoribus, valvis
fructum numerosioribus, et plerumque pedicellis longioribus (ad 0.7 cm longis) differt.

Typus: On Moses Rock Road, 33°44'S, 1 14°59'E, 10 May 1986, S.D. Hopper 4825 (holo: PERTH).

It differs from the typical subspecies in the larger buds (to 1 .5 cm long) and fruits (to 1 .4 cm wide),
the greater number of valves to the fruit (5 or 6) and the usually longer pedicels (to 0.7 cm long).

Figure 29. E. rudis subsp. cratyantha - buds ( SDH 4820) and fruit (M1HB 980 1 )

64

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murray River flats between Pinjarra and
Mandurah, 32°35'S, 1 15°50'E, 1 3 August 1979, M.l.H. Brooker 6333 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6.4 km
along Wonnerup Road from Wonnerup South Road, E of Busselton, 33°39'S, 1 15°27'E, 6 November
1987, M.l.H. Brooker 9801 & S.D. Hopper (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Meelup Beach, c.
500 m from sea at foot of coastal slopes, 33°52'S, 1 14°59'E, 8 May 1986, S.D. Hopper 4820, 4821
(PERTH); Eagle Bay (Fern Road, 3 km N of Meelup Road, 26 Oct. 1988, L.A.S. Johnson 9134 &
B. Briggs (NSW, PERTH); Fern Road, Eagle Bay, Cape Naturaliste, 12 August 1986, G.J. Keighery
8290 (PERTH); bank of Collie River, 7 August 1980, J. Koch 442 (PERTH).

Distribution. Coastal and subcoastal from Mandurah and Pinjarra south and south-west towards Cape
Naturaliste, Western Australia (Figure 21).

Conservation status. Poorly known and in need of further survey. Priority 3 in Hopper et al. (1990)
- reserve flora list.

Flowering period. Not known.

Etymology. From the Greek craty - strong and anthos - flower in reference to the flower buds being
larger than those of the typical subspecies.

Notes. This subspecies is the south-western form of E. rudis. It may be reduced to a mallee or small
tree on stony sites.

Eucalyptus ser. Lucasianae Chippendale, FI. Australia 19:500 (1988).

Type: E. lucasii Blakely

The E. series Lucasianae belongs in the informal E. subgenus Symphyomyrtus and is diagnosed as
follows: mallee, cotyledons reniform, pith of branchlets not glandular, juvenile leaves petiolate,
inflorescences arranged on leafless ends of branchlets with a terminal usually aborting vegetative bud,
few axillary inflorescences, outer stamens without anthers.

Key to the subseries of E. ser. Lucasianae

E. subser. Lucasianae
E. subser. Cupreanae

Eucalyptus subser. Cupreanae Brooker & Hopper, subser. nov.

A subserie typica cortice fibroso et foliis adultis nitentibus differt.

Typus: E. cuprea Brooker & Hopper

32. Eucalyptus cuprea Brooker & Hopper, sp. nov. (Figure 30)

1 . Bark smooth; adult leaves dull .
1 . Bark rough; adult leaves glossy

Brooker & Kleinig, "Field Guide to Eucalypts" 2: 400 (1990).

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

65

Frutex "mallee" ad 4 m altus cortice aspero cinereo in dimidio inferiore caulium, caulibus superis
laevibus cupreis. Lignotuberum formans. Cotyledones reniformes vel bilobae. Folia plantularum,
decussata, petiolata, ovata, ad 6 x 3 cm, hebetia, thalassica. Folia adulta alternantia, petiolata,
lanceolata, ad 14 x 2 cm, concoloria, nitentia, viridia. Inflorescentiae apparenter terminales. Pedunculi
ad 1 cm longi. Alabastra immatura cylindrica, apparenter sessilia, matura pedicellata, clavata, ad 0.6
x 0.4 cm; operculum exterius exutum in alabastro praecoci, interius conicum vel hemisphaericum.
Stamina valde inflexa, exteriora sine antheris. Antherae vel versatiles vel adnatae. Ovarium
(4)5-loculare; ovula verticaliter 4-seriata. Fructus pedicellati, cupulares, ad 0.5 x 0.4 cm.

Typus: 9.6 km N of Murchison River of NW coastal highway, 27°45'S, 1 14°40'E, 28 Aug. 1984,
M.I.H. Brooker 8635 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, NSW).

Mallee to 4 m tall with rough flaky or fibrous grey bark on lower half of stems, smooth coppery or
grey above. Forming lignotubers. Seeding leaves decussate, remaining opposite for 3-4 pairs,
petiolate, ovate, to 6 x 3 cm, blue-green, dull. Juvenile leaves alternating, petiolate, ovate, to 10 x 6
cm. Adult leaves alternating, petiolate, lanceolate, to 14 x 2 cm, concolorous, glossy, green; reticulation
dense, incomplete, with scattered to very sparse intersectional or island oil glands. Inflorescences
apparently terminal. Peduncles slender, to 1 cm long. Immature buds apparently sessile, cylindrical,
with prominent scar caused by very early loss of outer operculum; mature buds distinctly pedicellate,
clavate, to 0.6 x 0.4 cm; inner operculum conical to hemispherical. Stamens strongly inflexed, outer
ones without anthers. Fertile anthers sub-versatile to adnate, cuboid to irregular in shape, opening by
lateral pores; flowers white. Ovary (4) 5-locular; ovules in 4 vertical rows. Fruits distinctly pedicellate,
cupular, to 0.5 x 0.4 cm; valves below rim level. Seed compressed-ovoid, grey-brown, with distinct
shallow reticulum.

Figure 30. E. cuprea - buds ( MIHB 8635) and fruit ( MIHB 9406)

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 15 km along the Northampton and Lyndon
Road, 1952, G. Brockway s.n. (PERTH); 14 miles N of T.O. to Kalbarri on northern highway, 9 January
1 970, M.I.H. Brooker2392 (CANB, PERTH); 29.8 km N of Northampton, 25 May 1 983, M.I.H. Brooker
8121 (CANB, NSW, PERTH) and 27 October 1983 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 9.6 km N of Murchison

66

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

River crossing on highway, 25 May 1983, M.I.H. Brooker 8124 (CANB, NSW, PERTH) and
27 October 1983, M././/. Brooker 8305 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 29.6 Nof Northampton, 27 Oct. 1983,
M.I.H. Brooker 8304 (CANB, PERTH); Nanson Road, E side of hill, 1 1 June 1985, M.I.H. Brooker
9037 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Morseby Range, 4 November 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9062 (CANB,
NSW, PERTH); Nanson Road, 12 March 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9198 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 2 km
on Ogilvy West Road, E of Chillinup Road, 8 May 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9275 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8
km W of Highway 1 on Ogilvie West Road, 22 July 1986, M.I.H. Brooker 9406 (CANB, NSW,
PERTH); Hutt River between Northampton and Lyndon, September 1959, C.A. Gardner s.n.
(PERTH); 9.6 km Nof Murchison River bridge, 27°45'S, 1 14°40'E, 25 May 1983, S.D. Hopper 2750
(PERTH).

Distribution. From the Moresby Range to north of the Murchison River, Western Australia (Figure 2 1 ).
Conser\>ation status. Vulnerable, and declared as Rare Flora (species no. 157 in Hopper etal. (1990)).
Flowering period. October.

Etymology. The name refers to the seasonal colour of the smooth bark, Latin cupreus - coppery.

Notes. E. cuprea belongs in the informal section Adnataria Pryor & Johnson. This section is
overwhelmingly eastern in distribution and therefore probably in origin. Few species in the group
penetrate into the southern half of Western Australia. These are E. coolabah Blakely & Jacobs var.
rhodoclada Blakely along the Murchison River, E. intertexta R.T. Baker to south and south-west of
Warburton and four endemics, viz. E. petraea Carr & Carr which is widespread in the wheatbelt and
goldfields near granite rocks, E. lucasii Blakely in the northern goldfields, E. absita Grayling &
Brooker, a rare species in the Badgingarra area and E. cuprea.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the directors of various herbaria for allowing access to specimens, to Dean Nicol le
for drawing our attention to E. kingsmillii subsp. alatissima , to Elaine Cooper for the illustrations of
the buds and fruits, to Garry Brown for the maps, and to many colleagues for assistance with field
studies.

References

Blakely. W.F. (1934). “A Key to the Eucalypts". (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.)

Boland, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H., Chippendale, G.M., Hall, N„ Hyland, B.P.M., Johnston, R.D., Kleinig, D A. & Turner, J.D.
(1984). "Forest Trees of Australia". (Thomas Nelson and CSIRO: Melbourne.)

Boomsma, C.D. (1981). " Native Trees of South Australia". (Woods and Forests Department: Adelaide.)

Brooker, M.I.H. (1988). Eucalyptus foecunda revisited and six related new species. Nuytsia 6: 325-334.

Brooker, M.I.H. & Hopper, S.D. (1982). New subspecies in Eucalyptus caesia and in E. crucis (Myrtaceae) of Western
Australia. Nuytsia 4: 113-128

Brooker, M.I.H. & Hopper, S.D. (1991). A taxonomic revision of Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely, E. redunca Schauer, and allied
species (E. ser. Levispermae Maiden - Myrtaceae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 8: 1 1 89.

Brooker. M.I.H. & Kleinig, D.A. (1990). "Field Guide to Eucalypts" Vol. 2. (Inkata Press: Melbourne.)

M.I.H. Brooker & S.D. Hopper, Eucalyptus

67

Carr, D J. & Carr, S.G.M. (1985). "Eucalyptus I". New or little-known species of the Corymbosae (Phytoglyph Press:
Canberra.)

Chippendale, G.M. (1973). "Eucalypts of the Western Australian Goldfields and the adjacent Wheatbelt". (AGPS: Canberra.)
Chippendale, G.M. (1988). "Flora of Australia" Vol.19. (AGPS: Canberra.)

Drinnan, A.N. & Ladiges, P.Y. (1989). Operculum development in the Eudesmieae B eucalypts and Eucalyptus caesia
(Myrtaceae). PI. Syst. & Evol. 165: 227-237.

Gardner, C.A. (1952-1966). "Eucalypts of Western Australia". (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)

Green, J.W. (1985). "Census of Vascular Plants of Western Australia". (Department of Agriculture: Perth.)

Hill, K.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1992). Systematic studies in the eucalypts. 5. New taxa and combinations in Eucalyptus
(Myrtaceae) in Western Australia. Telopea 4: 561-634.

Hopper, S.D.. van Leeuwen, S„ Brown, A.P. & Patrick, S.J. (1990). "Western Australia's Endangered Flora". (Dept of
Conservation & Land Management: Perth.)

Ladiges, P.Y.. Humphries, C.J. & Brooker. M.I.H. ( 1 987). Cladistic and biogeographic analysis of Western Australian species
of Eucalyptus L'Herit., informal subgenus Monocalyptus Pryor & Johnson. Austral. J. Bot. 35: 251-281.

Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). "A Classification of the Eucalypts". (Austral. Natl Univ.: Canberra.)

Robinson, C.J. (1984). Eucalyptus stoatei as a subspecies of Eucalyptus forrestiana. Nuytsia 5: 195-200.

Sampson, J.F., Hopper, S.D. & James, S.H. (1988). Genetic diversity and the conservation of Eucalyptus crucis Maiden.
Austral. J. Bot. 36: 447-460.

68

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

INDEX

Eucalyptus

ser. Accedentes 9
ser. Balladonienses 25
ser. Caesiae 42
ser. Curviptera 3 1
ser. Exsertae 62
ser. Falcatae 15
ser. Heterostemones 42
ser. Loxophlebae 13
ser. Lucasianae 64
ser. Micrantherae 24
ser. Occidentales 3
ser. Orbifoliae 40
ser. Ovulares 57
ser. Porantherae 45
ser. Rufispermae 47
ser. Subulatae 28
ser. Tetrapterae 55
ser. Torquatae 53
subser. Bakerianae 25
subser. Cupreanae 65
subser. Curviptera 3 1
subser. Decipientes 18
subser. Inflexae 31
Eucalyptus aequioperta 58
Eucalyptus angularis 8
Eucalyptus articulata 14
Eucalyptus aspersa 29
Eucalyptus captiosa 56
Eucalyptus communalis 19
Eucalyptus crucis
subsp. praecipua 41
Eucalyptus cuprea 65
Eucalyptus decipiens
subsp. adesmophloia 22
subsp. chalara 23
Eucalyptus dolichorhyncha 57
Eucalyptus dolorosa 6
Eucalyptus ebbanoensis
subsp. photina 2
Eucalyptus exigua 60
Eucalyptus georgei
subsp. fulgida 47
Eucalyptus glomerosa 32
Eucalyptus impensa 35

Eucalyptus indurata 26
Eucalyptus kingsmillii
subsp. alatissima 38
Eucalyptus leprophloia 12
Eucalyptus macrocarpa
subsp. elachantha 37
Eucalyptus marginata
subsp. elegantella 4
subsp. thalassica 5
Eucalyptus myriadena
subsp. parviflora 61
Eucalyptus obesa 21
Eucalyptus olivina 45
Eucalyptus petrensis 1 7
Eucalyptus polita 51
Eucalyptus quadrans 43
Eucalyptus rudis

subsp. cratyantha 63
Eucalyptus surgens 53
Eucalyptus tenuis 49
Eucalyptus zopherophloia 10

Nuytsia 9 (1): 69-78 (1993)

69

Acacia Miscellany 7. Acacia sulcata and related taxa
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Western Australia

R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Cowan, R.S. and B.R. Maslin. Acacia Miscellany 7. Acacia sulcata and related taxa (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 9(1): 69-78 (1993). A key is presented to the nine taxa
of the informal "A. sulcata group", followed by a review of A. sulcata R. Br., including the description
of a new variety A. sulcata var. planoconvexa Cowan & Maslin; in addition, a new variety of
A. brachyphylla Benth. is described (var. recurvata Cowan & Maslin) and a new species, A. octonervia
Cowan & Maslin. In addition, A. nitidula Benth. and A. sulcata var. platyphylla Maiden & Blakely have
been lectotypified.

Introduction

Acacia sulcata R. Br. is a highly variable species comprising three varieties separated largely by
details of phyllode dimensions, shape and nervature. The related taxa are less well-known but appear
to be more constant morphologically: A. brachyphylla Benth. var. brachyphylla, A. brachyphylla
Benth. var. recurvata Cowan & Maslin var. nov., A. dura Benth,, A. nitidula Benth., A. octonervia
Cowan & Maslin sp. nov. and A. tetanophylla Maslin. These taxa comprise the informal "A. sulcata
group" which is characterised by small, narrow, flat to terete, linear to oblanceolate, mucronate to
pungent, 6-8-nerved phyllodes, small globular heads of flowers on mostly binate peduncles subtended
by cucullate basal peduncular bracts, pentamerous flowers with the sepals free or partially united and
small undulate pods enclosing seeds that are mottled in most of the taxa. Acacia prismifolia E. Pritzel
is not included in the "group", largely because it has 4-nerved phyllodes that are more or less triangular
in section but it is probably related.

All measurements in the following account are from dried material unless specifically stated
otherwise. Only the taxa that are numbered in the key are discussed or described.

70

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Key to the taxa of the "A. sulcata group"

1 . Phyllodes sharply pungent with needle-like points that

readily pierce the skin A . tetanophylla

1. Phyllodes innocuous or with a hard mucro; seeds
commonly mottled browns or greys

2. Phyllodes hairy on nerves, rarely only papillose;
branchlets villose-tomentose or pilose

3. Phyllodes commonly 5-7 mm long, mucronulate,

6-8-nerved; gland in basal half of phyllode on

midrib; pods hairy la. A. brachyphylla var. brachyphylla

3. Phyllodes 8-10 mm long, recurved-mucronulate,

6-nerved; gland basal or absent; pods glabrous or

subglabrous and glabrescent lb. A brachyphylla var. recurvata

2. Phyllodes glabrous; branchlets glabrous, sparingly
appressed-puberulous or infrequently pilose

4. Phyllodes narrowly oblanceolate, compressed to flat

5. Phyllodes flat with 1 or 2 nerves per face, adaxial

margin with two nerves coalescing above gland near
middle of phyllode; peduncles 7-11 mm long; heads
20-flowered; pods undulate, 4-4.5 mm wide; seeds

dull, obscurely mottled, the aril subterminal 2. A. nitidula

5. Phyllodes compressed to flat with 2 nerves per face,
the gland borne on adaxial nerve; peduncles 3-8 mm
long; heads 6-16-flowered; pods ± constricted between
seeds, scarcely undulate, 3 mm wide; seeds shiny, tan,

the aril extending along one side a. dura

4. Phyllodes ± terete to compressed

6. Phyllodes 8-nerved; stipules persistent, narrowly

triangular; seeds not mottled 3 . a. octonervia

6. Phyllodes 6- or 7-nerved; stipules deciduous to persistent,
triangular to setaceous; seeds mottled

7. Phyllodes commonly 18-25 mm long; peduncles

8- 1 5 mm long 4a. a. sulcata var. sulcata

7. Phyllodes 5-16 mm long; peduncles 4-10 mm long

8. Nerves strongly raised, phyllode apex

recurved-mucronate lb. A. brachyphylla var. recurvata

8. Nerves not strongly raised, olten obscured in drying,
or not evident on adaxial surface

9. Phyllodes green, not glaucous, terete or compressed;
gland near junction of 2 adaxial nerves; pods not

pruinose 4b. A. sulcata var. platyphylla

9. Phyllodes commonly glaucous, plano-convex, upper
surface nearly flat and without obvious nerves,
lower with 3 prominent nerves; gland near middle

of phyllode or absent; pods pruinose 4c. A. sulcata var. planoconvexa

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 7

71

1. A. brachyphylla Benth., Linnaea 26: 615 (1855)

Type: South-western Australia, J. Drummond 37 (holo: K; iso: NSW, PERTH-fragments ex K and
NSW).

Subshrubs 0.2-0. 3 m tall. Branchlets terete, pilose to villose-tomentose, old ones roughened by
persistent, raised phyllode-scars. Stipules persistent, narrowly triangular to subulate, to 1 .5 mm long,
glabrous. Phyllodes terete to compressed with a straight or recurved apex, 3-12 mm long, ± 1 mm wide,
ascending to erect, villose on 6-8 strongly raised nerves, sometimes hairs reduced to papillae, rarely
glabrous; apex obtuse and apiculate to mucronate; pulvinus 0.25-0.5 mm long; gland located from near
apex of pulvinus to near phyllode-apex. Peduncles 1 or 2 per axil, 4-10 mm long, villosulose or
glabrous; basal peduncular bract caducous, cucullate, rostrate, glabrous or glabrescent, 2-3 mm long.
Flower-heads globular, golden, 3-4 mm diam., 8-12-flowered; bracteoles spathulate, acuminate,
puberulous and ciliolate. Flowers 5-merous. Sepals 1/3 length of petals, irregularly 1/4-1/2-united,
oblanceolate, ciliate. Petals free, glabrous, acute. Ovary' glabrous. Pods linear, raised over but not
constricted between seeds, 10-50 mm long, 1.5-4. 5 mm wide, thin-coriaceous to firm-chartaceous,
undulate, smooth, pilose, but sometimes glabrescent or glabrous. Seeds longitudinal, broadly ovate,
tapered toward apex, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, 1.3 mm thick, strongly umbonate, subnitid,
mottled dark-brown on paler grey-brown, the pleurogram minute, U-shaped, the aril subterminal.

Distribution. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from near Tammin south-east to near
Jerramungup. It is related to A. sulcata which has more or less free sepals and glabrous phyllodes; it
is also similar to A. prismifolia which has 4-nerved phyllodes that are about triangular in section and
its calyx is united almost to the apex.

Typification. Bentham cited only Drummond 37 in the protologue but the Kew specimen has only old
peduncles without flowers; the pod fragment and immature seed in the packet cannot be this taxon.
A second Drummond collection at K without number but with the author's annotation bears young
fruits and old flowers from among the phyllodes; it may have been the source of data for the parts of
the description concerned with the fruits; it is, however, referrable to A. sulcata var. platyphylla. Even
though two different collections were probably involved in the protologue, only one was cited and it
is viewed as the holotype.

la. A. brachyphylla var. brachyphylla

Phyllodes 3-12 mm long but most commonly 5-7 mm, 6-8-nerved; apex not recurved, apiculate to
mucronulate; gland in basal half of phyllode on mid-nerve. Pods 20-50 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide,
pilose, but sometimes partly glabrescent.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kulin, A.M. Ashby 1 48 (PERTH); Brookton-
Corrigin, Oct. 1 965, A. Becks.n. (PERTH); 4 mi. [6.4 km[ W of Lake King, K. Newbey 2635 (PERTH);
29 mi. [46.7 km] E of Billericay, K. Newbey 3231 (PERTH); 10.5 km N of Bungalla turn-off [near
Tammin] from Great Northern Highway, M.D. Tindale 3715 (AD, BRI.CANB, CBG, K, MEL, NSW,
PERTH. US).

Distribution. South-west Western Australia from near Tammin south-east to near Lake King.

72

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Habitat. Grows in sandy loam and gravel, commonly in mallee.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering specimens have been collected from August to October.
No information is available on fruiting period.

lb. A. brachyphylla var. recurvata Cowan & Maslin, var. nov.

A var. brachyphylla phyllodiis ad apicem recurvo-mucronatis, 8-10 mm longis, 6-nervatis, glandi
basali vel nulla differt.

Typus: 10 mi. [16 km] E. of Jerramungup, Western Australia, 28 July 1963, K. Newbey 785 (holo:
PERTH; iso: PERTH).

Branchlets pilose to villose. Phyllodes linear, 8-10 mm long, ascending, villosulose or only
papillose on 6 distant, raised nerves; tip recurved to sub-uncinate and strongly mucronate; gland near-
basal or not evident. Peduncles 6-8 mm long, glabrous. Sepals basally united. Pods 10-20 mm long,
1.5-3 mm wide, glabrous or subglabrous and glabrescent, pruinose.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Highbury State Forest, Newman Block (Veg.
Site 17), K.J. Atkins 89008 (PERTH); 11 miles [17.6 km] N of Pingrup, K. Newbey 1014 (PERTH);
6 miles [9.6 km] SEof Kukerin, K. Newbey 1362 (PERTH); 4 km N of Calyerup Rock, K. Newbey 423\
(PERTH); 1 mile [1.6 km] E of Nyabing, K. Newbey s.n. (PERTH 00898333 and 00690864); c. 20 km
E of Jerramungup near road to Ravensthorpe, M.H. Simmons 653 (PERTH).

Distribution. South-western Western Australia from near Kukerin south-east to near Jerramungup.
This variety is more southerly in its distribution than the typical variety.

Habitat. Grows on often gravelly loam and sand in scrub.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering specimens have been collected in June, July, September
and October. No information is available on fruiting period.

Affinity. Variety recurvata is quite similar to var. brachyphylla by virtue of its pubescent phyllodes and
basally united calyx, but var. recurvata is easily separable by the somewhat longer phyllodes with
recurved tip and glabrous pods.

Conservation status. Poorly known, CALM Priority 3.

Etymology. The varietal epithet is from recurvatus, Latin for recurved, in reference to the apex of the
phyllodes.

2. Acacia nitidula Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 381 (1864)

Lectotype (here selected): Cape Arid, Western Australia, G. Maxwell s.n. (K; iso: NSW, PERTH-
fragment ex K). Paralectotypes: (1) Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 128 (K, PERTH-
fragment ex K: not A. nitidula, see discussion below); (2): Goose Island Bay, Western Australia,
R. Brown s.n. (not seen).

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 7

73

Bentham (1864) included three collections in his protologue, the Maxwell one, Drummond 3: 128,
and a R, Brown collection from Goose Island Bay. The first of these most faithfully represents
Bentham’s concept, as well as preserving current usage, and we have chosen it as lectotype; the second
represents an unrecognised taxon related to A. sclerophyllcr, we have not seen the R. Brown collection
but it is from very near the type locality and probably represents A. niticlula, sensu lectotypico. An
unnumbered Drummond collection at K on which Bentham had written "A. nitidula var.", but later
erased the varietal designation, represents another species altogether, A. trinalis Cowan & Maslin; it
is of no type significance.

Acacia nitidula is nearest A. dura which has longer phyllodes in relation to their width and different
pods and seeds. Of the varieties of A. sulcata, A. nitidula is perhaps nearest the compressed-phyllode
element of A. sulcata var. platyphylla. The two taxa differ in phyllode width and shape: those of
A. nitidula are flat, oblanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate and usually 3-5 mm wide; those of var.
platyphylla are terete to somewhat compressed and much narrower. The terete, strongly sulcate
phyllodes of A. sulcata var. sulcata readily separate it from A. nitidula.

3. Acacia octonervia Cowan & Maslin, sp. nov.

Ab A. sulcata phyllodiis 8-nervatis, teretibus, micro-papillosis, stipulis anguste triangularibus
persistentibus, capitulis globularibus diluto-luteis, 20-floribus, perianthio glabro, gynoecio glabro
differt.

Typus: Fitzgerald River National Park, Whoogarup Range, Western Australia, 7 Oct 1975, B.R. Maslin
3878 (holo: PERTH; iso: BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, NY).

Spreading shrubs 0.1 -0.5 m, rarely to 1 m.tall. Bark light grey on stem-bases. Branchlets brownish-
red, glabrous, sometimes nitid. Stipules persistent, narrowly triangular, 1 .5-2 mm long, 0.5 mm wide
at base, acute, glabrous. Phyllodes terete, (10-12)15-20(50) mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, rigid, erect,
straight or only slightly arcuate, dark green; apex obtuse and mucronulate; nerves 8, conspicuous;
stomata raised as micro-papillae; gland inconspicuous, I /4- 1/2 length of phyllode from base at junction
of two adaxial nerves. Peduncles solitary or more often binate in axils, 7-12 mm long, glabrous; basal
peduncular bracts cucullate, deciduous to persistent. Flower-heads globular, pale yellow, 3-4 mm
diam., 20-flowered. Flowers 5-merous, glabrous. Sepals free, spathulate-oblanceolate, half the length
of the corolla. Petals free, elliptic, acute. Gynoecium glabrous. Pods narrowly oblong, undulate, 20-25
mm long, 3 mm wide, somewhat nitid, glabrous. Seeds longitudinal, ovate, somewhat compressed,
2-2.5 mm long, 1 .5 mm wide, subnitid, brown, the aril subterminal and white.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE of Ravensthorpe, K.L. Bradby 81
(PERTH); 29.75 km E of Muckinwobert Rock, M.A. Burgman & S. McNee 21 10(PERTH); 28.5 km
E of Muckinwobert Rock, M.A. Burgman 4008 (PERTH); approx. 47 km N of mouth of Oldfield River,
Hj. Eichler 20404 (PERTH); Thumb Peak Range, A.. S'. George 7163 (PERTH); junction of Melaleuca
and Rawlinson Rds,33° 30'S, 120° 43'E, G.J. Keighery 3700 (PERTH); Bandelup Creek, F. Lullfitz
5492 (PERTH); base of Thumb Peak, Fitzgerald River National Park, B.R. Maslin 5552 (BM, PERTH),
K. Newbey 2730 (PERTH) and R.D. Royce 9251 (PERTH); 36 km SSE of Ongerup, K. Newbey 9518
(MELU, PERTH); Monjilup Rd, 3.2 km N of Toompup South Road [c. 13 km W of Boxwood Hill],
M. Simmons 602 (PERTH); E of Middamidjup Road at intersection 51 km from Newdegate and 5 1 km
from Ravensthorpe, J. & M. Simmons 1353 (PERTH); 36 km SSE of Ongerup, N. Stevens KRN951 8-1
(MELU, PERTH).

74

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Distribution. Known from only a few scattered localities between the Fitzgerald and Young Rivers in
the Ravensthorpe region of Western Australia. Two collections occur outside this area, near Boxwood
Hill, c. 100 km west-south-west of the Fitzgerald River.

Habitat. Grows in rocky sand or loam and sandy clay in open mallee shrubland, dense low heath and
dwarf scrub.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Main flush of flowering occurs from August to October; single
flowering collections have been recorded in December and January. Pods with mature seeds collected
in December.

Affinities. While clearly related to the A. sulcata complex, the new species differs in having 8-nerved
phyllodes, persistent narrow-triangular stipules, and pale yellow, 20-flowered heads and non-mottled
seeds. In common with A. sulcata it has cucullate peduncle bracts, and 5-merous flowers with free
perianth parts. Of the varieties of A. sulcata, the new species is most similar, at least superficially, to
var. sulcata.

Conservation status. Poorly known, CALM Priority 3.

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from two Latin words, octo for eight, and nervius for nerved,
an allusion to the number of nerves evident in the phyllodes.

4. Acacia sulcata R. Br. in W.T. Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 2, 5: 460 (1813)

Lectotype (flowering specimen): Princess Royal Harbour, King George Sound, Western Australia,
Dec. 1801, R. Brown, Iter Austral. [Britten no.] 4302 (BM ), fide Maslin & Cowan (in press).
Paralectotypes (fruiting specimens): BM; ? paralectotypes: E, K.

Spreading, often prostrate shrubs 0.2-2 m tall, rarely 3 m. Branchlets glabrous, appressed
puberulous, tomentulose or pilosulose, sometimes pruinose apically. Stipules deciduous to persistent,
setacous. Phyllodes linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 5-25 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, terete to depressed
or compressed, usually strongly angled in drying, rigid, patent to erect, straight to shallowly arcuate,
glabrous or pubescent on nerves; apex obtuse to acute, mostly mucronulate or uncinate-mucronulate;
6- or 7-nerved; gland inconspicuous, at junction of adaxial nerves or on undivided midnerve,
sometimes not evident. Peduncles 1 or 2 per axil, 4-15 mm long, glabrous, appressed puberulous or
puberulous; basal peduncular bract cucullate, caducous to deciduous. Flower-heads globular, bright
golden, 10-15-flowered. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free or irregularly united basally. Pods linear,
undulate, to 3.5 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, thin-coriaceous to chartaceous, glabrous, sometimes pruinose.
Seeds longitudinal, widely elliptic to ovate, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.8-2 mm wide, subnitid, commonly
mottled with shades of grey and black or brown, the aril minute, subterminal and white.

Variation. This is a highly variable species which is broadly circumscribed here with three varieties
being recognised; future studies may demonstrate the need for further revision. Ovary pubescence and
gland position in relation to phyllode-nervature and the depression/compression of the phyllodes are
some of the characteristics that deserve further attention; field observations of phyllode form are
especially needed, for drying often obscures the true form. The typical variety has more or less terete
phyllodes; var. plcityphylla has two phyllode forms, compressed and terete, although the distinctions
between these cannot be precisely demarked in some collections; and var. planoconvexa has phyllodes

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 7

75

essentially flat on the adaxial surface but rounded on the abaxial one. The adaxial nervature of the
phyllodes varies widely with respect to the point at which the two nerves coalesce and in vars. sulcata
and planoconvexa they are more or less submerged and obscure.

Separation of A. sulcata from A. nitidula is arbitrary and is based on the longer, much wider, flat
phyllodes of the latter.

4a. A. sulcata R Br. var. sulcata

Branchlets mostly glabrous, rarely appressed puberulous and glabrescent. Stipules persistent.
Phyllodes more or less terete, linear, acute, mucronulate, mostly (15)18-25 mm long, somewhat
incurved, glabrous, 6-nerved; gland about 1/3 from phyllode-base on adaxial midnerve. Peduncles
commonly 8- 1 5 mm long, glabrous. Sepals free. Pods 20-35 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, thinly coriaceous.
Seeds 1.5-2 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mount Adelaide, Albany, A.M. Ashby 4600
(DNA, E, NY, PERTH), 4602 (CANB, PERTH) and H. Sanderson s.n. (PERTH 00661546); Mount
Clarence, R. J. Cumming 926 (PERTH); Cape Riche, R. J. Camming 1025 (PERTH) and C. A. Gardner
s.n. (PERTH 00660507); Mount Melville, L. Diels 3490 (PERTH) and B.R. Maslin 1070 (PERTH);
S end of Two Peoples Bay on road to Little Beach, D.J. Edinger 228 (PERTH); Pallinup River near
Albany-Jerramungup road, A.R. Fairall 2265 (PERTH); Warriup Hills, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH
00693979); Willyung Hill, A. S. George 9488 (PERTH, TLF) and G.J. Keighery 5721 (PERTH); King
George’s Sound. B.T. Goadby B.2525 (PERTH) and IV. 77. Harvey s.n. (PERTH 00661996); South
Sister, 3 km N of Manypeaks town, G. J. Keighery 8130 (PERTH); Mount Barker, A. Lea s.n. (PERTH
00661570); Boat Harbour, K. Newbey 8 1 7 (PERTH); 9 mi. [14.5 km] SE of Jerramungup, K. Newbey
1 297 (PERTH); Mount Manypeaks area, S.P. Pfeiffer 24 (PERTH); Two People’s Bay, W. Rogerson
264 (PERTH).

Distribution. Of the three varieties, the typical one is the most restricted; it is confined to coastal and
near-coastal sites (inland as far as near Jerramungup) from Albany (Mounts Adelaide and Clarence)
and Willyung Hill (10 km north of Albany) east to Pallinup River (c. 100 km east of Albany), south-
west Western Australia.

Habitat. Grows mostly on hills and mountains in low to tall scrub on grey or white sand in association
with granite, sometimes in peaty, sandy clay over granite.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering June-November (one collection recorded January-
February). Mature pods and seeds collected in January.

Affinities. Variety sulcata differs from the other varieties by its relatively long phyllodes and peduncles.

4b. A. sulcata var. platyphylla Maiden and Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 13: 3
(1928)

Lectotype (here selected): Israelite Bay, Western Australia, 1893, Miss [S.T.] Brooks (NSW 216916,
upper left-hand, flowering specimen; iso: M, PERTH-fragment ex NSW). Paralectotypes: Israelite
Bay, Miss [S.T.] Brooks, remaining five branchlets on lectotype sheet (NSW).

76

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

? A. sulcata var. hirsuta Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 13: 3, pi. 1, figs.
8-12 (1928). Type. Israelite Bay, Western Australia, Sept. 1915, J.P. Brooks (holo: NSW 216926).

Branchlets glabrous, pilosulose or appressed puberulous. Stipules persistent. Phyllodes terete to
compressed, narrowly oblanceolate, obtuse, sometimes mucronulate, commonly 8-16 mm long,
ascending, glabrous, more or less shiny, dark green, 6- or 7-nerved; gland 1/3-2/3 distance from
phyllode-base (when present) at junction of 2 adaxial nerves. Peduncles mostly 4-8 mm long, glabrous
to appressed puberulous to rarely pilosulose; basal peduncular bract deciduous. Legume 22-30 mm
long, 2. 5-3. 5 mm wide, chartaceous, not pruinose. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, the aril
subterminal.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 9 mi. [14.4 km] SW of Mt Ragged,
T.E.H. Aplin 4297(DNA, NT, PERTH, W); 2.6 mi. [4 km] from Bilbarin turn-off on Quairading-
Corrigin road, LB. Armitage 460 (PERTH); Borden, A.M. Ashby 4649 (CANB, PERTH); 10 mi. [16
km] E of Mount Walker, J.S. Beard 5917 (PERTH); Ravensthorpe Ranges, E.M. Bennett 2355 (MO,
NY, PERTH); 5 mi. [8 km] NW of Point Culver, M.G. Brooker 3685 (PERTH); 22 km SW of Mt
Beaumont, M.A. Burgman 1711 and S. McNee (PERTH); near Stirling Range Caravan Park,
R.J. Cumming 793 (PERTH); 21 km S of Cocklebiddy, A.S. George 1 1858 (CANB, PERTH); 14 km
N of Eyre, S.D. Hopper 31 1 1 (PERTH); about 4 mi. [6.4 km] S of Kulin, B.R. Maslin 524 (PERTH);
1 .2 mi. [ 1 .9 km] W of Nyabing on road to Katanning, B.R. Maslin 795 (MEL, NSW, PERTH); between
Hamersley River and East Mount Barren, B.R. Maslin 813 (MEL, PERTH); 2.5 km N of Salmon Gums
towards Norseman, B.R. Maslin 2451 (PERTH); Cape Riche, B.R. Maslin 2627 (PERTH); 3 km S of
Ravensthorpe towards Hopetoun, B.R. Maslin 2651 (CANB. K, MEL, PERTH); 4.5 km NW of
Wongan Hills township on road to Piawaning, B.R. Maslin 5365 (PERTH); 7 mi. [1 1.2 km] N of
Bendering, K. Newbey 3238 (MEL, NSW. PERTH); 20 km NE of Jerramungup, K. Newbey 4390
(CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH); 5.5 km S of Peak Charles, K. Newbey 6427 (PERTH); 6.4
km S of Newdegate on Lake Magenta road, M.H. Simmons 1341 (PERTH); intersection of Kulin-
Wickepin road, 48.3 km to Pinjaring and 48.3 km to Harrismith, M.D. Tindale 3747 (B, CANB, K, P,
PERTH, RSA); 8 mi. [12.8 km] SW of Mt Ragged, P.G. Wilson 10069 (K, PERTH).

Distribution. Variety platyphylla is by far the most widespread of the three varieties; it occurs in
scattered localities from near Corrigin and Mt Walker south to near Borden and east to Israelite Bay,
south-west Western Australia. Two near-coastal outliers occur to the east of Israelite Bay, the first near
Pt Culver (c. 150 km east) and the second between Eyre and Cocklebiddy (c. 300 km east). A third
collection occurs north of the main distribution near the Wongan Hills, c. 175 km north-north-east of
Corrigin; it is unusual, apart from its distribution, in having densely pilosulose branchlet tips, although
plants with such pubescent branchlets also occur sporadically farther south. Variety platyphylla occurs
sympatrically with var. sulcata at Cape Riche and with var. planoconvexa at Tutanning Reserve.

Habitat. Shrubland in association with Eucalyptus redunca, E. platypus, E. occidentalis, Melaleuca
uncinata, et ai, frequently on rocky hills or granite outcrops in sand, often over or with varying clay
fractions, or in sandy loam, sometimes with ironstone gravel.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowers have been collected in July-October (one collection in
December), mature pods in December.

Typification. The type is from Israelite Bay, collected by Miss S. T. Brooks in 1893 and it represents
the compressed-phyllode element of this variety. The NSW sheet bears six branchlets, only one of
which is flowering; we have designated this specimen as lectotype, the others as paralectotypes. The
fruiting specimens must have been collected at a different time and we conclude that at least two

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 7

77

separate collections are involved on the type sheet. At the same locality J. P. Brooks collected material
on which Maiden and Blakely based var. hirsuta. This entity was described as differing from the typical
variety in its small phyllodes, long peduncles and in the vestiture". The holotype has a few attached,
very young phyllodes, as well as some loose Bower-heads in an envelope, but the branchlets are only
spaiingly appressed-puberulous, rather than hirsute. The authors of the variety may have mistaken
some of the mould which is evident on parts of some branchlets for pubescence. The type collection
ot var. hirsuta is in very poor condition and appears only to represent one aspect of \ar. platyphylla with
which we provisionally synonomise var. hirsuta.

4c. Acacia sulcata var. planoconvexa Cowan & Maslin, var. nov.

A var. platyphylla et sulcata phyllodiis 5-12 mm longis, vulgo glaucis et aliquando etiam pruinosis,
plano-convexis, faciebus adaxialibus subplanis et enervatis, abaxialibus cum 3 nerviis elevatibus,
legumine pruinoso differt.

Typus: 1 1 mi. [17.6 km] SE of Ongerup, Western Australia, 17 May 1964, K. Newbey 1268(holo-
PERTH).

Branchlets glabrous or infrequently pilosulose, often pruinose apically. Phyllodes linear, plano-
convex, adaxial surface nearly Bat and nerveless, 5-12 mm long, commonly glaucous to subglaucous
and sometimes also more or less pruinose, 6-nerved, adaxial nerve indistinct, 3 abaxial ones prominent;
gland near middle ot phyllode, often absent or obscure. Peduncles mostly 5-8 mm long, glabrous; heads
in masses. Pods 25-30 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, pruinose. Seeds ovate, 2 mm long, 1.5 mm wide.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cape Riche, R.J. Cumming 1026A
(PERTH); 19 mi. [30.5 km] E of Brookton towards Corrigin, K. J. Cumming 1037 (PERTH); 19 mi.
[30.5 km] N of Esperance, H. Deman 3635 (PERTH); Tuttaning Reserve, SE of Pingelly, A.S. George
9505 (PERTH); W of lower Fitzgerald River, Reserve 24048, A.S. George 9963 (PERTH); Pt Ann,
A.S. George 10049 (PERTH); South Stirlings, R. Glencross 332/62 (PERTH); Salt River Road at turn-
off of track to Camel Lake, c. 5 km N of The Abbey, E.N.S. Jackson 3347 (PERTH); 16 km S of
Jerramungup towards Albany, B.R. Maslin 2590 (CANB, PERTH); Yornaning Reserve, c. 19 km due
Eof Yornaning Siding, B.G. M«/r484 (PERTH); 1 1 mi. [17.6 km] SE of Ongerup, K. Newbey 1268D
(PERTH); 1 8 km SE of Jerramungup, K. Newbey 4301 (PERTH); c. 20 mi. [32 km] E of Albany toward
Jerramungup, S. Paust 485 (PERTH); 20-25 mi. [32-40 km] W of Ravensthorpe, S. Paust 705
(PERTH); 4 mi. [6.4 km] W of Nyabing, R.D. Royce 6711 (PERTH); Kojonup, 15 Aug. 1969,
M. Wittwer s.n. (PERTH 00690767).

Distribution. South-west Western Australia from near Brookton south through Kojonup and Nyabing
to near Albany, then east to near Ravensthorpe. One collection from near Esperance ( H . Demarz 3635)
is c. 150 km east of Ravensthorpe.

Habitat. Found in low, dense scrub and open shrubland in sandy or stony loam, sandy gravel and white
sand.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowers July to September. Pods with mature seeds have been
collected in December and January.

Etymology. The name refers to the shape of the phyllodes in transverse section, from two Latin words
in combination, planus for flat, and convexus for convex.

78

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Acknowledgements

The technical assistance of Suzanne Curry in the early stages of the preparation of this paper and
in later phases by Diana Corbyn and Karina Knight is most gratefully acknowledged. The research,
including employing the technical assistants, was made possible by the financial support of Australian
Biological Resources Study grants.

References

Bentham, G. (1864). "Flora Australiensis" Vol. 2. (Reeve & Co.: London.)

Maslin, B.R. & Cowan, R.S. (in press). Robert Brown, the typification of his new Acacia names in edition 2 of AitonV'Hortus
Kewensis”.

Nuytsia 9 (1): 79-82(1993)

79

Acacia Miscellany 8. Acacia masliniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae:
Section Plurinerves), a new species of Western Australia

R.S. Cowan

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO 104. Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Cowan, R.S. Acacia Miscellany 8. Acacia masliniana (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: Section
Plurinerves), a new species of Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (1): 79-82 (1993). Acacia masliniana is
described and compared with related taxa in the context of a discussion of their morphological character
states.

Introduction

This new wattle may be valuable in connection with reclamation of farmland in semi-arid regions
rendered sterile by the accumulation of salt in the soil, for it is very salt-tolerant. In the following, all
measurements and observations have been made using dried herbarium material but includes the field
observations of the specialist for whom the species is named.

Description

Acacia masliniana Cowan, sp. nov. (Figure I)

Frutices vel arbores parva 1 -3 m altae, cortice fibroso, griseo, ramulis teretibus, appresso-puberulis.
Phyllodia teretia, acute elongato-pungentia, parce curvata, 50-95( 1 35) mm longa, 1-1.5 mm diametro,
glabra (inter nervos numerosos tenues elevatos sericea exceptis), plus minusve glauca; glandula
plerumque 4-5 mm super pulvinum. Pedunculi binati, 0.5-2 mm longi; capitula globularia, 4-5 mm
diametro, 30-45-floribus; bracteolae spathulatae, ciliolatae, plus minusve puberulae. Flores (4)5-meri,
puberuli, sepalis plus minusve spathulatis, 1/4-2/3-connatis, petalis anguste ellipticis, discreta vel
1/2-cohaerentibus, puberulis. Legumina linearia, supra semina valde elevata, (30)70-100 mm longa,
3-4.5 mm lata, chartacea, recta, grosse reticulata, glabra. Semina longitudinalia, elliptico-oblonga,
4.5-5 mm longa, 2-2.5 mm lata, nitida, brunnea, arillo terminale.

Typus: between Ninghan Station and Fields Find, Western Australia, 30 August 1976, B. R. Maslin
4244 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, BM, BRI, CANB, G, K, MEL, NSW, NY, W, Z).

80

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1992)

Rounded shrubs or bushy trees 1-3 m tall. Bark grey, fibrous, exfoliating in narrow, thin, recurved
sheets. Rranchlets terete, sometimes ribbed, appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes terete, basally contracted
into an indistinct pulvinus and with a long-tapered, sharply pungent apex, 50-95(1 35) mm long, 1-1.5
mm diameter, rigid, ascending, straight to slightly curved, light green and more or less glaucous,
glabrous except commonly sericeous between the numerous, fine, parallel, raised nerves; gland
1.5-5(10) mm above the phyllode-base, small, slit-like and embedded in wider portion of phyllode.
Peduncles 2 per axil, 0.5-2 mm long, appressed puberulous to glabrous; basal peduncular bracts
cucullate, more or less semicircular, appressed-puberulous and ciliolate; heads globular, medium
golden-yellow, 4-5 mm diameter, 30-45-flowered; bracteoles spathulate to oblong-spathulate,
puberulous, ciliolate, longer than calyx. Flowers (4)5-merous. Sepals 1/2-3/4 as long as petals,
1/4-2/3-united, oblong-spathulate to spathulate, puberulous, ciliolate. Petals narrowly elliptic, free or
1/2-coherent and becoming free with age, puberulous and ciliolate. Ovary puberulous or appressed-
puberulous. Pods linear, strongly raised over seeds, (30)70-100 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, chartaceous,
straight, coarsely reticulate over seeds, glabrous. Seeds longitudinal, elliptic-oblong, 4.5-5 mm long,
2-2.5 mm wide, glossy, brown, the aril terminal.

Figure 1 . Acacia masliniana A - habit with enlargment of portion of phyllode to show form and nervature
(x 1 ) from Maslin 4248 (PERTH), B - pod (x 1 ) from Maslin 4248 (PERTH) and C - seed from Maslin 4243
(PERTH). (Drawings by Margaret Pieroni).

R.S. Cowan, Acacia Miscellany 8. Acacia mastiniana

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 535 km from Perth on inland highway [c.
34 km S of Mt Magnet towards Paynes Find on Great Northern Highway], A. M. Ashby 4228 (BM, BRI,
PERTH); between Yuinmery and Cashmere Downs, J.S. Beard 6487 (NSW, PERTH); 28 mi [45 km]
E of Perenjori, J.S. Beard 7364 (PERTH); western shore of Lake Lefroy, Kambalda, R. Coveny 8431
and B. Haberley (PERTH); 2.7 mi [3 km] S of Yalgoo towards Paynes Find, R.J. Camming 1 985 (NSW,
PERTH); 6.2 mi [10 km] S of Fields Find towards Paynes Find, R.J. Cumming 2026 (PERTH); about
3 km N of Mt Magnet towards Cue, B.R. Maslin 3579 (CANB, K, PERTH); 1.6 km N of Cue towards
Meekatharra, B.R. Maslin 3593 (NY, PERTH); between Ninghan Station and Fields Find, c. 29° 13' S,
117° 15' E , B.R. Maslin 4243 (CANB, K. MEL, PERTH); Thundelarra Station, between Yalgoo and
Paynes Find. B.R. Maslin 4248 (PERTH); 47 km S of Yalgoo on road to Paynes Find, B.R. Maslin 6328
and V. Maslin (PERTH); 22.5 km E of Koolanooka Hills (E of Morowa) on Mungala Road, B.R. Maslin
6608 (PERTH); 3 km by road SSE of W T arriedar Homestead (c. 50 km WNW of Paynes Find),
B.R. Maslin 6629 (PERTH); 12 km by road SSE of Paynes Find on Maranalgo Road, E side of Lake
Moore, B.R. Maslin 6658 (PERTH); c. 6 km S of Bimbijy Homestead (SE of Paynes Find) on road to
Beacon, B.R. Maslin 6674 (PERTH); 26-27 km N of Kalgoorlie on road to Menzies, M.H. Simmons
1174 (PERTH); 1.8 km E of turn-off from Wooleen Station Road, along road to Twin Peaks,
L. Thomson JC2327 (PERTH).

Distribution. South-west Western Australia, mainly in the Austin Botanical District but extending also
into the adjacent Coolgardie Botanical District ( 1 :250,000 maps G50- 14, 15; H50-2, 3, 4, 6, 7; H5 1-9,
14). Most collections occur in the western goldfields from near Cue south to near Perenjori and east
to near Youanmi. Two collections, representing the Coolgardie Botanical District, occur in the
Kalgoorlie- Kambalda area, c. 300 km south-east of Youanmi.

Habitat. Margins of saline lakes, marshes and flats on red clay and yellow-, orange-, or red-brown loam
in open scrub.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowers July-September; pods with mature seeds August-October.

Affinities. There are many species of Acacia with these rigid, pungent, terete phyllodes but not all are
closely related by any means. In general aspect the new species may remind one of the terete-phyllode
phase of A. rigens Cunn. ex Don which also has the sericeous inter-nerve areas on the phyllodes. The
attenuate, sharply pungent apex ofthesubglaucous to glaucous phyllodes of A. masliniana quite readily
separate it from A. rigens which also has a basal gland, longer peduncles and larger heads of fewer
flowers, but in both species the sepals are partly united. Acacia kalgoorliensis Cowan & Maslin has
similar phyllodes but its branchlets are crispate-sericeous, its straight phyllodes have about 20 nerves,
raised stomata, usually two glands and free perianth parts. Another similar-appearing species from the
same general region, A. donaldsonii Cowan & Maslin, has much coarser phyllodes with 4-8 distant
nerves and quite different pods.

Conservation status. Not considered rare or endangered.

Etymology. This interesting new species is named for Bruce R. Maslin, with whom I have worked for
the past several years preparing the account of the genus Acacia for the Flora of Australia. It is entirely
appropriate that an Acacia species should bear the name of one of the most active and authoritative
specialists on the taxonomy of the genus. I am very pleased indeed to have this opportunity of thus
commemorating him and his devotion to achieving an understanding of the genus.

82

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1992)

Acknowledgements

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance of Suzanne Curry early in the preparation of this paper.
The research reported here was funded by the Australian Biological Resources Study and this support
is gratefully acknowledged.

Nuytsia 9(1): 83-90 (1993)

83

Acacia Miscellany 9. The taxonomic status of Acacia coriacea
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: Section Plurinerves )

R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Cowan, R.S. & B.R. Maslin. Acacia Miscellany 9. The taxonomic status of Acacia coriacea
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: Section Plurinerves). Nuytsia 9(1): 83-90(1993). Acacia coriacea DC.
is regarded as comprising three subspecies, subsp. coriacea (which is here lectotypified), subsp.
pendens Cowan & Maslin, subsp. nov. and subsp. sericophylla (F. Muell.) Cowan & Maslin, comb, et
stat. nov. These are described and compared with the similar appearing A. stenophylla\ a key is provided
to distinguish the four taxa.

Introduction

The name Acacia coriacea DC. has in the past been applied to plants occurring from the islands off
the north-west coast of Western Australia and eastwards across Northern Territory to Queensland, New
South Wales and South Australia. An extensive suite of collections from this geographic range has been
examined in an attempt to understand the morphological heterogeneity observed both in the herbarium
and in the field. Our studies have led us to recognise A. coriacea as an aggregate species comprised
of three subspecies, two confined almost completely to the Pilbara region in north-western Western
Australia (subsp. coriacea and subsp. pendens Cowan & Maslin, subsp. nov.) and the third, subsp.
sericophylla (F. Muell.) Cowan & Maslin, comb, et stat. nov., occurring in all mainland states except
Victoria. Although subsp. sericophylla has a distinctive facies in the field (see below), it cannot always
be reliably distinguished from the other two on herbarium material. Future studies may show that it
is preferable to re-instate subsp. sericophylla as a distinct species, but we believe that regarding it as
a subspecies of A. coriacea better serves the practical needs of users who need to apply a name to new
collections while at the same time recognising the incipient-species nature of the constituent elements.
A key will serve to summarise the data on which our conclusions are based. Acacia stenophylla Cunn.
ex Benth. is included here because it is frequently confused with A. coriacea and is superficially similar,
but they are probably not very closely related.

All measurements are from dry material unless specifically noted otherwise.

84

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Key to taxa

1. Pods longitudinally venose-striate, coriaceous, dehiscent in 2 complete
valves; seeds with a conspicuous orange aril covering 1/3- 1/2 of
seed, pleurogram open; raceme axis absent or very short, one or
two flower heads per node; phyllodes finely nerved, the spaces
between them less than diameter of nerves ( A . coriacea)

2. Bark thin, fibrous and hard; flowering peduncles typically 5-10 mm

long; pods ± twisted and coiled before dehiscence

3. Phyllodes mostly more or less erect, almost straight to very

shallowly incurved, 5-10 mm wide la. subsp. coriacea

3. Phyllodes and branchlets pendulous, producing weeping habit;

phyllodes shallowly to strongly recurved, 1.5-5 mm wide lb. subsp pendens

2. Bark thick and spongy, yellow inside; flowering peduncles mostly
more than 10 mm long; pods curved or straight, becoming twisted

after dehiscence; phyllodes 1.5-12 mm wide lc. subsp. sericophylla

1 . Pods not striate, woody, indehiscent but easily fragmenting transversely
between the seeds; seeds exarillate, funicle white and slightly enlarged
at hilum, pleurogram nearly closed at base; racemes normally with a
well-developed axis and several flower-heads; phyllodes with many
slightly raised nerves separated by spaces which are obviously wider

than diameter of nerves 2. A. stenophylla

1. Acacia coriacea DC., Prodr. 2: 451 (1825); Mem. Legum. pt. 8: 446 (1827)

Lectotype (here selected); Western Australia (sphalm. "Nouvelle-Holland. orient."), [June-July 1801,
N. Baudin Expedition s.n.], unlabelled fruiting specimen on type sheet (G-DC); isolecto: K, P.
Paralectotype: labelled flowering specimen on type sheet (G-DC, P).

Spreading shrubs or trees 1-10 m tall. Young new growth yellow-green sericeous. Bark thin,
fibrous and hard or thick and spongy. Branchlets sometimes pendulous, glabrous to minutely
sericeous. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic to ligulate, 10-33 cm long, 1.5- 12 mm wide, coriaceous to rigid-
coriaceous, almost straight to shallowly arcuate, occasionally very narrow ones semi-terete, green,
silvery- or grey-green, silvery-grey or rarely ± glaucous, subglabrous to sericeous between the
numerous, parallel, closely spaced, fine nerves; apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescences sometimes
racemose with a very short, 1-2-headed axis; peduncles 1 or 2 per axil, 5-32 mm long, subglabrous to
sericeous. Flower-heads globular, pale golden or cream-coloured, 3-8 mm diam., 15-50-flowered.
F/oweri-5-merous. Sepals 1/2-3/4-united. Pod moniliform, 15-34 cm long, 7- 12 mm wide, coriaceous,
twisted and coiled or nearly straight before dehiscence, longitudinally nerved, often conspicuously so,
minutely sericeous. Seeds longitudinal, widely elliptic, compressed, 4-8 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, shiny,
black, the pleurogram narrowly to broadly oblong and open, the aril terminal, bright orange, covering
at least 1/3 of seed. Wirewood, Desert Oak, Dogwood.

Distribution. All mainland states except Victoria.

Affinities. Superficially resembling A. stenophylla (see below).

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 9

85

la. Acacia coriacea DC. subsp. coriacea

Illustrations. F. Mueller, Iconogr. Austral. Acacia, dec. 6, pi. [6] (1887); J. H. Maiden, Forest FI. New
South Wales 7(4): fig. 242L-T, (1920).

Bushy shrubs or trees 1-3 m tall, occasionally semi-prostrate and sometimes markedly wind-pruned
(exposed coastal habitats). Bark thin, fibrous and hard. Phyllodes silvery- or grey-green, usually erect,
1 0-22 cm long, 1.5-10 mm wide, commonly 20-50 times longer than wide. Flowering peduncles 5-10
mm long. Pods ± twisted and coiled before dehiscence, usually curved.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: inland of Sandy Point, Dorre Island,
J.S. Beard 7092 (PERTH); Hearson Cove near Dampier, 6 Feb. 1981, G. Craig s.n. (PERTH
006 13185); Dirk Hartog Island near Cape Inscription, B.R. Maslin 4297 (PERTH); north-east end of
Enderby Island, Dampier Archipelago, B.R. Maslin 4691 (BRI, PERTH); about 5 km N of Exmouth
Gulf Homestead toward William Preston Point, B.R. Maslin 4757 (BRI, PERTH); Dolphin Island,
Dampier Archipelago, R.D. Royce 7164 (PERTH).

Distribution. North-western Western Australia along the coast and offshore islands from Dirk Hartog
(Shark Bay) and Dorre Islands north-east to Point Samson near Wickham. A few specimens from north
of the Tanami Desert in Northern Territory are provisionally referred to this subspecies, although they
are distributionally and ecologically very anomalous. Indeed, they occur within the geographic range
of subsp. sericophylla but their bark is described by the collectors as "fibrous", Future collecting in
this area should take special note of bark characteristics to test our identification. The specimens which
we have seen from north of the Tanami Desert and which we have referred to this taxon are: 40 mi. [64
km] E of Limbunya Station, R.A. Perry ■ & M. Lazarides 2293 (PERTH); 1 0 mi. [ 1 6 km] W of Birrindudu
out-station, R. Perry & M. Lazarides 2370 (PERTH); 35 mi. [56 km] SSE of Nicholson Station,
R.A. Perry & M. Lazarides 2434 (PERTH). These collections are identified as the typical subspecies
rather than subsp. pendens because they all have the characteristic relatively broad phyllodes and short
peduncles of this subspecies.

Habitat. Coastal dune or beach sands most commonly, infrequently in red sands or in lateritic and
limestone soils.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering June-July ; mature pods with seeds in August to November.

Typification. De Candolle described 4. coriacea first in his Prodromus ( 1 825) and two years later in
his Memoire on the Legumes (1827). The type sheet at herb. G-DC bears two branchlets, possibly
representing different collections, one flowering and the other in very young fruit; we have assumed
that the label on the flowering specimen applies equal ly to the fruiting branchlet. Because De Candolle
described both flowers and young fruits in the protologue, either of the specimens on the type sheet
could qualify as a lectotype. We have selected the left-hand specimen with young fruit as lectotype
because it clearly represents the entity that most likely would have been encountered on the coastal
islands by the Baudin Expedition and is consistent with the protologue. The identity of the right-hand
(para-lectotype) specimen is equivocal, perhaps representing a narrow phyllode form of subsp.
coriacea (sensu lectotypico) or even subsp. pendens.

The lectotype specimen is not labelled but data from the iso-lectotype collection at Paris establishes
its provenance, namely, the west coast of Western Australia, collected by a member of the N. Baudin
expedition of 1801. The G-DC paralectotype which is annotated "cote orient" is clearly an error.

86

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

The actual type locality cannot be determined with certainty but it is likely that the type collection
came from either Bernier Island or one of the islands in the Dampier Archipelago. Certainly Bernier
was visited extensively by the naturalists on the Baudin Expedition (Marchant 1982:154) and

A. coriacea still occurs there. Although several times small boats were sent to search for a suitable place
for landing on the coast of Shark Bay, and the "Geographe" itself made such a reconnaisance, Baudin
left the area without the scientists ever having set foot on the mainland. After leaving Shark Bay on
the way to Timor to restock supplies, near the end of July 1801, Baudin sailed north to the Dampier
Archipelago where a detailed survey was made of some of the islands near Roebourne. Baudin did not
permit the scientists to go ashore but some of the ship’s company collected specimens for the naturalists
(Marchant 1982:155), so it is not impossible that the type collection or part of it was made on one of
these islands where the species can still be found.

Affinities. More closely related to subsp. pendens than to subsp. sericophylla.

Conservation status. Not rare or endangered.

lb. Acacia coriacea subsp. pendens Cowan & Maslin, subsp. nov.

A subsp. coriacea ramis plerumque pendulis phyllodiis flexuosis expansis usque ad pendulis,
55-1 10-plo longioribus quam latiores differt.

Typus: Hamersley Range National Park at Coppin Pool, 300 m. upstream from crossing, Western
Australia, 12 May 1980, M. Trudgen 2518 (holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, G, K, NY).

Trees , rarely shrubs, (l)3-6(8) m tall with thin, hard and fibrous bark and gracefully pendulous
branchlets and foliage. Phyllodes green, grey-green or silvery green, rarely subglaucous, 17-27 cm
long, 1.5-5 mm wide, 55-1 10 times longer than wide. Flowering peduncles 5-10 mm long. Pods ±
twisted and coiled before dehiscence.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Paraburdoo, K. Atkins 1236 (BRI, PERTH);
Barrow Island, R. Buckley 7246 (PERTH); 4 1 .5 km W of Gascoyne Junction on the road to Carnarvon,

B. R. Maslin 5002 (PERTH); 47.5 km SW of Marble Bar on the track to Spear Hill, B.R. Maslin 5265
(BRI, PERTH); Bulloo Downs Station, near E end of Lofty Range, B.R. Maslin 5285 (MO, PERTH);
8 km NE of Quarry Hill, K. Newbey 10623 (CANB, KARR); Depuch Island, R.D. Royce 7107
(PERTH); West Lewis Island, Dampier Archipelago, R.D. Royce 7422 (PERTH); Christies Crossing,
Oakover River, P.G. Wilson 10378 (NT, PERTH).

Distribution. North-western Western Australia, predominantly inland from the coast in the Pilbara
region. Extending from the Gascoyne River (Gascoyne Junction) north to the De Grey River (Yarrie
Station) and as far inland as the Oakover River; infrequent along the coast and on offshore islands in
the Dampier region.

Habitat. Mainly along rivers and creeks, on sandy soils and on stable sand dunes, less commonly on
red sand and gravel in fringing woodland.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering March to August; fruits with mature seeds collected July
to December.

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 9

87

Affinities. Nearest the typical subspecies, especially with respect to bark characteristics. Both taxa are
of some importance to horticulturists and are cultivated in native plant gardens in northwest Western
Australia, for example at Karratha.

Conservation status. Not rare or endangered.

lc. Acacia coriacea subsp. sericophylla (F. Muell.) Cowan & Maslin, comb, et stat. nov.

Type: Based on the following.

A. sericophylla F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3(11): 122 (1859). Type: desert along the Suttor

R. , Queensland, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL (?), n.v.\ iso: K).

A. coriacea DC. var. angustior Maiden, Forest FI. New South Wales 7(4): 154 (1920). Syntypes
(Queensland): Beta, J.L. Boorman s.n. (NSW 1 83 1 83); Prairie, 30 mi. E of Flughenden, R.H. Cambage
3961(NSW); Prairie,././?. Chisholms.n. (NSW 183181); New Angledool, Feb.1900, A Paddison s.n.
(NSW 183180).

Illustrations: J. FI. Maiden, Forest FI. New South Wales 7(4): fig. 242U (1920); D.J.E.Whibley, Acac.

S. Australia, 191 (1980); G.M. Cunningham etal. , PI. W. New South Wales 358 (1981).

Shrubby, usually somewhat gnarled, trees 3-7 m tall, to 10 m in Queensland. Bark grey, thick and
spongy, yellow inside. Phyllodes light green or grey-green, often pendent, 17-33cmlong, 1.5-12mm
wide, 60-100 times longer than wide. Flowering peduncles mostly 10-20 mm long, occasionally as
short as 6 mm or as long as 32 mm. Pods straight or curved before dehiscence, not markedly twisted
or coiled.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Sturt Creek, 1.5 km E of Billiluna Station,
G.W. Carr 3692 and A.C. Beaglehole 47470 (PERTH); 13 km SSE of E end of Clutterbuck Hills,
Gibson Desert, S.D. Hopper 2883 (PERTH); 26.9 km from Ardjorie Homestead on road to Dampier
Downs, K.F. Kenneally 9162 (MEL, NSW, PERTH); Cape Keraudren, B.R. Maslin 4864 (CANB,
PERTH); 45 km NE of Whim Creek on North West Coastal Highway, B.R. Maslin 5255 (PERTH);
5 km NNW ofCoolethaHill.c. 65 km NEofWittenoom, K. Newbey 10017 (KARR, PERTH); Bernier
Island, Shark Bay, R.D. Royce 5979 (PERTH); Depuch Island, R.D. Royce 7092 (PERTH).
NORTHERN TERRITORY: Newland Creek, Elkedra, G. Chippendale 1184 (PERTH); Renner
Springs, N. Forde 229 (PERTH); approx. 5 km W of Docker River Settlement, A C. Kalotas 1524
(PERTH) ; The Granites Tenements, Tanami Desert, A. C. Kalotas 1710 (PERTH) ; B ushy Park Station,
P.K. Latz 9416 (DNA, PERTH); 29 km N of Tanami, J.R. Maconochie 1729 (DNA, PERTH).
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: N side of Mt Lindsay near base, D.J.E. Whibley 6629-A (AD); Lake Eyre
region, Marquelpie Paddock, Innamincka Station, J. Reid 1635 (AD).

QUEENSLAND: Gilruth Plains, E of Cunnamulla, S.T. Blake 14049 (BRI); 31 km E of Urandangi,
V.J. Neldner 2063 & T.D. Stanley (BRI); NE of Alpha, J. & M. Simmons 1097 (PERTH); 20 mi [32
km] E of Hughenden Township, N.H. Speck 4527 (PERTH); Barcaldine, Mitchell Distr., C.T. White
12348 (BRI).

NEW SOUTH WALES: SE of Narran Lake, Boorooma Sta., C. Boyd (NSW 21691 1); between Me
Phee Yards intersection and Remington, E of Narran Lake, D.J. McGillivray 2897 (NSW); E of
Cumborah, P.L. Milthorpe 3827 & G.M. Cunningham (NSW).

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Distribution. All mainland states (excluding Victoria). Rare on offshore islands in north-western
Western Australia but common inland, extending through central Northern Territory and extreme
north-western South Australia to central Queensland and north-central New South Wales.

Habitat. In near-coastal areas of red sands and i n finely textured red, loamy alluvial soils on open plains,
often in "spinifex" country, but absent from heavier textured soils of the Channel Country in northern
Queensland. In some semi-arid areas it frequently forms pure stands alongwatercourses (Pedley 1978).

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering March to July; mature fruits with seed collected October
to December.

Affinities. Until now this taxon has been considered simply as A. coriacea , e.g. Pedley (1978: 191),
Cunningham etal. (1981 :358), Askew and Mitchell (1978:74), Everist (1969: 1 5), Whibley (1980: 1 90)
and Turnbull (1986:124).

It is a well-defined taxon, particularly with respect to its habit and bark characteristics, which makes
field identfication relatively easy. Unfortunately, bark characteristics are not generally given on
herbarium specimens and it is often difficult to be certain of their identity. Future research may
demonstrate the necessity of reinstating the taxon to specific rank.

Conservation status. Transcontinental; not rare or endangered

2. Acacia stenophylla Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 366 (1842)

Type: New Holland [Lachlan River, New South Wales, June 1817], A. Cunningham (holo: K, right-
hand specimen on sheet stamped Herb. Bentham 1854; iso: K).

A. longissima glauca pendula Rantonnet, Rev. Hort. 37: 138 (1866), an inoperative name.

A. stenophylla var. linearis Maiden, Forest FI. New South Wales 7(4): 150 (1920). Type: not
designated, n.v.

Illustrations: F.Mueller, Iconogr. Austral. Acacia dec. 6, pi. [5] (1887); J. H. Maiden, Forest FI. New
South Wales 7(4): fig. 242A-K(1 920); D. J.E. Whibley, Acac.S. Australia 189 (1980); G.M. Cunningham
et al., PI. W. New South Wales 373 (1981); B.R.Maslin in J.P.Jessop (ed.), FI. Centr. Australia 123
(1981); L.Costermans, Native Trees Shrubs SE Australia 328 (1981); M. Simmons, Acac. Australia 2:
207 (1988).

Shrubs to straggly trees 2-20 m tall, the trunk to 60 cm diam., the crown sometimes rounded. Bark
dark grey, fibrous. Branches normally pendulous, the branchlets glabrous to minutely sericeous, often
pruinose, sometimes angular. Phyllodes ligulate, 20-40 cm long, 2-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous,
straight to weakly incurved, glabrous or appressed- puberulous, acute to acuminate, apex acute to
acuminate, often strongly arcuate; nerves numerous, closely parallel but with diameters less than inter-
nerve spaces. Raceme-axis 2- 1 5 mm long, subglabrous to sericeous, rarely absent. Peduncles 6- 1 3 mm
long, glabrous to appressed puberulous. Flower-heads globular, pale yellow, 6-9 mm diameter (dry),
25-40-flowered. Flowers 5-merous; calyx half length of corolla, 3/4-united; petals not contiguous
above calyx in mature bud, densely sericeous apically. Pods moniliform, 10-26 cm long, 8-12 mm

R.S. Cowan & B.R. Maslin, Acacia Miscellany 9

89

wide, woody, smooth, glabrous except micro-puberulous on the constrictions between seeds, indehiscent
but easily fragmenting between seeds. Seeds longitudinal, widely elliptic to oblong-elliptic, 7-9 mm
long, 5-6 mm wide, dark brown, the pleurogram closed or nearly so, the funicle white and slightly
enlarged at hilum, exarillate.

Selected specimens examined: NORTHERN TERRITORY: Stuart Highway at Newcastle Creek,
T.S. Hens hall 2502 (BRI, NSW, NT, PERTH); 6 mi NE Austral Downs H.S., G. Chippendale 1478
(PERTH).

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 170 km west of Maree on road to Oodnadatta, J.Z. Weber 790 (PERTH);
Murray R., between Renmark and Chowil la Station, 2 Sept 1982, B.R. Maslin s.n. (PERTH 00673382).
QUEENSLAND: 0.5 mi. [0.8 km] N of Weemalah, C. Slade 3 (NSW, PERTH); 15 mi [25 km] NW
of Headingly Stn, R.A. Perry 864 (CANB, PERTH).

NEW SOUTH WALES: E bank of Gol Gol Creek, 0.5 km E of Gol Gol, L. Thomson LXT 197
(PERTH).

VICTORIA: Wallpolla Id, 0.5 km W of Finnegan’s Bridge, G.R. Lucas 367 (MEL).

Distribution. Inland areas of all mainland states; extending from north-eastern Western Australia east
through Northern Territory to Queensland (west of the Great Divide) and south to the Murray-Lachlan-
Darling system in South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Disjunct in South Australia between
Lake Eyre and the Murray River.

Habitat. Usually on banks and in floodplains of creeks and rivers in clayey soils.

Flowering and fruiting periods. Flowering March to June; mature fruits with seeds collected October
or later.

Typification. Acacia stenophylla was described by Bentham (1842) based on flowering material
collected by Cunningham from the Lachlan River, N.S.W. As was Bentham’s practice in this work,
no collecting number was attributed to the Cunningham gathering.

There are two sheets at Herb. K with specimens which seem most likely to represent the original
material (both in flower) upon which Bentham based this name: the right-hand specimen on the sheet
stamped Herb. Bentham 1854, the left-hand one on the sheet stamped Herb. Hooker 1867. These
specimens are both mounted with other gatherings and each is annotated "Acacia stenophylla" in what
appears to be Bentham’s handwriting. Unfortunately the label details on these specimens are very
deficient and it is only by considering both together that one can derive the provenance details given
in the protologue: the Herb. Bentham specimen shows Cunningham the collector and the Herb. Hooker
specimen gives the collection locality as "L.R." (i.e. Lachlan River).

The Herb. Benth. sheet bears, to the right of a pencilled dividing line, a flowering specimen we
consider as the holotype. To the left of the pencil line there are two specimens, a small packet with pod
segments and a cluster of detached phyllodes. A large handwritten label, in neither Bentham’s nor
Cunningham’s hand, also to the left of the pencil line, gives the information "Lachlan River June 432/
1817" and "Hunter River May 1 13/1825". Cunningham recorded in his journal the presence of pods
for his 432 and it seems likely that the pods in the packet and the two sterile branchlets just above the
packet represent this gathering. The several detached phyllodes are bound together by a label, possibly
in Cunningham’s hand, reading: "stenophylla and pauciflora"; these have the same appearance as the
holotype and may be from that collection. The identity of the other collection referred to on the label,

90

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

namely Cunningham 1 13, is uncertain, for the same number is given on the type sheet of A. pendula
but with April 1825 as the date of collection.

The Herb. Hooker sheet at K also has multiple specimens of A. stenophylla : the one on the left of
a dividing pencil line is regarded as an isotype; the other two, collected on the Darling Desert Victorian
Expedition, are of no type value.

Pedley (1978) regarded the holotype of A. stenophylla to be A. Cunningham 432; however, if our
interpretations in the preceding paragraphs are correct, it cannot be a type because it is a fruiting
specimen. It and the flowering (holotype) specimen have dried with a rather different appearance and
it seems unlikely that they represent the same collection. It is, consequently, difficult to be certain of
a collection number for the type, if, indeed, it ever had one. We have concluded that it is better to cite
the holotype unnumbered.

Affinities. Very similar in appearance to A. coriacea especially on account of its habit, very long
phyllodes and globular heads, but the similarity is probably more superficial than real. The main
characteristics separating the species are summarised in the key above.

Conservation status. Widespread and neither rare or endangered.

Acknowledgements

We are indebted to Suzanne Curry, technical assistant employed on grant funds from the Australian
Biological Resources Study, who helped in many ways to resolve the confusion in this particular group
by her attention to detail in mapping and in compiling geographic and ecologic data. More recently,
Diana Corbyn, also funded by ABRS, very ably provided this kind of assistance as Suzanne’s successor
in the team. Special thanks are reserved for the Australian Biological Resources Study for essential
financial support.

References

Askew, K. and A.S. Mitchell (1978). The fodder trees and shrubs of the Northern Territory. Div. Primary Indus. Ext. Bull. 16.
Bentham, G. (1842). Notes on Mimoseae, with a Synopsis of Species. London J. Bot. 1 : 318-528.

Candolle de, A.P. (1825). Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. Vol. 2.

Candolle de, A.P. (1827). Memoires sur la famille des Legumineuses. Pt 8 Paris.

Cunningham, G H. et al. (1981). Plants of western New South Wales. (Government Printer: Sydney.)

Everist, S.L. (1969). Use of fodder trees and shrubs. Qld. Dept. Print, lnd. Div. Plant Industry Advisory Leaflet 1024.
Marchant, L.R. ( 1982). France Australe. (Artlook Books: Perth.)

Pedley, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill, in Queensland. Part 1, Austrobaileya 1(2).

Pedley, L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill, in Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1(3).

Turnbull, J.W. (1986). Multipurpose Australian trees and shrubs: lesser known species for fuel wood and agroforestry.
(Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research: Canberra.)

Whibley, D.J.E. (1980). Acacias of South Australia. (Government Printer: Adelaide.)

Nuytsia 9(1): 91-94 (1993)

91

A new species of Restionaceae from south-western Western Australia

K.W. Dixon 1 , K.A. Meney' and J.S. Pate 2

'Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005
2 Botany Department, University of Western Australia, Ncdlands, Western Australia 6009

Abstract

Dixon, K.W., Meney, K.A, and Pate, J.S. A new species of Restionaceae from south-western
Western Australia. Nuytsia 9(1): 91-94 (1993). Restio isomorphus is a new species of Australian
Restionaceae from a restricted area in the south-west of Western Australia. Rhizome morphology and
ecological factors likely to influence the conservation status of this species are discussed.

Introduction

Western Australia contains approximately 1 1 0 species of Restionaceae representing over three-
quarters of the known Australasian species. However, since the publication of Carlquist (1976) and
more recently, Briggs et al. (1990), there has been no published description of new taxa in Western
Australia pending resolution ofthe generic classification of the Australian Restionaceae by Dr B.G. Briggs
and Dr L.A.S. Johnson.

This paper describes one of a suite of species collected as part of a broad-based botanical and
ecological survey of the family in Western Australia (Meney & Dixon 1988, Meney, Pate & Dixon
1990a, Meney, Pate & Dixon 1990b, Pate, Meney & Dixon 1991). Most of the new taxa are
geographically restricted, are limited to a few individuals in vulnerable habitats and/or are fire-
sensitive. Thus special management considerations will be necessary to ensure the long-term survival
of the species.

Restio isomorphus K.W. Dixon and K.A. Meney, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

Planta dioica spicis maribus femineisque similibus, rhizomate breviter repente, tomentoso,
culmis erectis, viridibus, sparsim ramosis; culmorum vaginae ad basim purpurescentes, lateralibus
marginibus expansis.

Typus: South-western Western Australia, South-west Botanical Province, Scott River along Governor
Broome Road and Dennis Road (115° 17' E, 34° 15' S), December 1988, Meney & Dixon (KM 110,
female plant) (holotype: PERTH; isotype: K, SYD). Growing in shallow sandy soils over lateritic
ironstone often with a perched water-table during winter and spring.

Habit. Plants tufting to shortly creeping, 45 cm in diameter, roughly circular.

92

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 1 . Restio isomorphus. 1 - sketch of plant (x0.25); 2 - single female culm (x0.5); 3 - single male culm (x0.5); 4 - female
spikelet (x5); 5 -female flower opened out (x5); 6-malespikelet(x5); 7 - male flower opened out (x5); 8 -rhizome and lower
culm bases (x0.5); 9 - culm sheath (x2).

K.W. Dixon. K.A. Meney and J.S. Pate, Restio isomorphus

93

Rhizome elongated, variable in length, 2-3 mm in diameter, densely villous on young rhizomes but
weathering with age, with broadly deltoid, closely appressed scale leaves, 0.3-0.4 mm long, glossy and
deciduous. Cataphylls 2-4, 7-14 mm long, straw-coloured, closely appressed, chartaceous, acute to
mucronate and persistent. Culms simple, glabrous, green flushed with purple at internodes, finely
striate, 60-70 cm tall, 1- 1 .2 mm wide, erect and parallel, solid, chlorenchyma of two layers of palisade
cells, stomata superficial. Culm sheaths 5-7, sterile and 9-14 fertile per culm, 1. 5-2.1 cm long with
a 1-2 mm long often deciduous mucro, appressed at base with flared lateral margins, striate, scarious,
purple grading to fawn towards apex, persistent. Male spikelets erect, ovoid, 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm
wide, 2-3 per subtending inflorescence bract on short 1-2 mm long pedicels; subtending inflorescence
bract broadly obovate, 2-3 mm long with a 1 mm long mucro; lower 1-2 glumes infertile, upper 10-25
glumes fertile, glossy, coppery-bronze aging grey, margins entire. Male flowers sub-sessile; tepals5,
2 outer and 3 inner, 2.5 mm long, linear-lanceolate, flat; margins pale, membranous with rust-brown
tips, lateral tepals keeled, glabrous, inner tepals slightly shorter and broader. Stamens 3, stout, exserted,
pistallode absent. Female spikelets erect, narrow-ovoid to ovoid, 5-7 mm long, 1-1. 8 mm wide, sessile;
bracts 4, usually all fertile, sub-equal, keeled, red-brown, 3-5 mm long with a 1 mm long mucro and
shortly fimbriate margins; spikelets solitary in upper 5-8 subtending inflorescence bracts, lower
inflorescence bracts often subtending 1.5-7 cm long branches each terminating in 3-6(8) single
spikelets; subtending inflorescence bracts similar to those on male plants. Female flowers: tepals 5(6),
linear-lanceolate, acute, 3-3.5 mm long, pale to hyaline, outer tepals keeled with hairs, inner tepals only
slightly keeled and glabrous; style red, divided to base with two style branches, stigma white, ovary
bilocular, 1 mm wide, 1.2 mm long, compressed with two lateral raised sutures; staminodes absent.
Fruit a capsule, glossy, chestnut brown to dark brown, 1. 8-2.0 mm wide. Seed small, 1.5 x 1 mm,
reniform, black, with white ridges.

Flowering period. Late February to April; seed dehiscence: November-December.

Affinities. Restio isomorphus shows affinity with Restio stenandra (Briggs and Johnson ined .) in plant
habit and spikelet morphology but is distinct in possessing superficially similar male and female
spikelets and in the flared purple and fawn culm sheaths. The species favours shallow white or red sandy
soils over lateritic ironstone which is seasonally wet. The culms are erect and arise from a 1.5-2 cm
deep subsurface more or less creeping rhizome. The rhizome morphology fits category type B 3 (Pate,
Meney and Dixon 1991) and does not contain starch. The plants are killed by fire and regenerate from
seed. The conservation status of the species warrants investigation as it is of limited local distribution;
its known range is less than 5 km with the plants confined to ironstone soils which are poorly reserved
(only one small area exists in Scott River National Park).

Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Greek isos, equal and morphe, form, referring to
the similar male and female spikelets.

Acknowledgements

We would like to acknowledge the considerable help and kind assistance provided to us by
Dr Lawrie Johnson and Dr Barbara Briggs of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney and to thank
Professor Walter Rossi, University of Florence for providing the Latin diagnosis. We would also like
to acknowledge Mr Greg Keighery , Senior Botanist, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
whose outstanding research into plant biogeography in Western Australia helped bring to the attention
of many botanists the rich and diverse flora of the Scott River region of Western Australia.

94

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

References

Carlquist, S. (1976). Alexgeorgea, a bizarre new genus of Restionaceae from Western Australia. Austral. J. Bot. 24: 281-95.

Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. ( 1 990). The species of Alexgeorgea, a Western Australian genus of the Restionaceae. Austral.
Syst. Bot. 3: 751-8.

Meney K.A. and Dixon K W. (1988). Phenology, reproductive biology and seed development in four rush and sedge species
from Western Australia. Austral J. Bot. 36: 711-26.

Meney K.A., Pate J.S.and Dixon K.W. (1990a). Phenology of growth and resource deployment in Alexgeorgea nitens (Nees)
Johnson and Briggs (Restionaceae) - a clonal species from south-west Western Australia. Austral.!. Bot. 38: 543-57.

Meney K.A.. Pate J.S. and Dixon K.W. (1990b). Comparative morphology, anatomy, phenology and reproductive biology of
Alexgeorgea species (Restionaceae) from south-west Western Australia. Austral J. Bot. 38: 523-41.

Pate J.S., Meney K.A. and Dixon K.W. ( 1991 ). Contrasting growth and morphological characteristics of fire-sensitive (obligate
seeder) and fire-resistant (resprouter) species of Restionaceae (S. Hemisphere restiads) from South-Western Australia.
Austral. J. Bot. 39: 505-25.

Nuytsia 9 (1): 95-109(1993)

95

Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla (Rutaceae),
new species from south-west Western Australia

F.H. Mollemans

76-6228 Plumeria Road, Kailua-Kona, Hawaii, 96740 USA
[Current address: PO Box 734, Victoria Park, Western Australia 6100]

Abstract

Mollemans, F.H. Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla (Rutaceae), new
species from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 9(1): 95-109 (1993). One new species of
Drummondita and two new species of Philotheca are described. All three taxa are apparently rare, each
restricted to limited geographic areas. Drummondita wilsonii is similar to D. erieoides, but has unequal
calyx segments in common with D. miniata. Philotheca langei and P. basistyla both have affinities
with Eriostemon falcatus which is currently presumed extinct. Similarities between D. wilsonii,
D. erieoides and D. miniata, pollination mechanisms and flower colour variation in Drummondita,
distribution and flowering time of the D. erieoides group (which includes D. miniata and D. wilsonii )
and the evolutionary history of the Drummondita erieoides group, D. hassellii group and D. calida are
discussed.

Introduction

During 1990, three new species were collected, two of which were initially considered to be
ecotypic variants of Eriostemon falcatus P.G. Wilson, a taxon which is currently presumed extinct. The
third, an opportunistic collection of a "pink" flowered Drummondita 'hassellii' pointed out by my wife
Nellie as being unusual, was made, while searching for a rare Banksia in an area north of known
occurrences.

Detailed examination of all three taxa found that one of the species of Eriostemon was monadelphous,
making it referable to Philotheca. The other Eriostemon, belonging to sect. Nigrostipulae (P.G. Wilson
1970), is also referred here to Philotheca in keeping with the intention of Armstrong in Wilson (1992)
to transfer all species of Eriostemon sect. Nigrostipulae to that genus. The Drummondita was found
to be morphologically similar to D. erieoides and D. miniata.

Additional collections were subsequently made by the author and the following descriptions are
based on this material.

96

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Taxonomy

Drummondita Harvey

Drummondita wilsonii F.H. Mollemans, sp. nov. (Figures 1 & 4)

Distinguitur folia aggregatus secus ramulo et flores color; calycis segmenta inaequalia et glaber;
statura non robustus. Morphologia similitudo Drummondita ericoides et D. miniata.

Typus: W.A. Wheatbelt (eastern), Parker Range South, East of Skeleton Rocks (precise locality
withheld), alt. 450 m., 15th June 1990, F.H. Mollemans 2761 (holo: PERTH; iso: BISH). (Figure 1)

Shrubs 40 cm to 1 m tall, erect, branching, ericoid. Leaves green, crowded, linear-clavate, semi-
terete, channelled above, 2-6 mm long and 0.6- 1 mm wide, with scattered glands, a large, black apical
gland, and a petiole to 0.5 mm. Flowers 1-3, tubular to 1.5 cm long, terminal. Calyxsegments unequal,
oblong, 4-5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with scattered glands; green with reddish margins, glabrous
outside, minute marginal hairs, inside glabrous. Petals oblong-ovate, 12 mm long, 3 mm wide, with
scattered glands; reddish fading to green at base, glabrous inside and outside. Stamens pink, densely
hairy in upper one-third. Ovary obtuse. Seed 3.5 mm long, dark brown-black.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W.A. Wheatbelt (eastern), Parker Range
South, East of Skeleton Rocks, alt. 450 m., frequency fairly common, 14th July 1990, F.H. &
M.P. Mollemans 3 143, 3 144, 3 1 55, 3 157, 3 158, 3 1 59 (PERTH); W.A. Wheatbelt, Parker Range South,
alt. 450 m., frequency (locally) fairly common - 5 seen, 1 8th October 1990, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans
3717 (PERTH).

Distribution. Endemic to the boundary zone of the Avon and Coolgardie Botanical Districts of Western
Australia, with one known area of occurrence on a low range located 75 km south-south-east of
Southern Cross, Yilgarn Shire, on vacant crown land.

Habitat. Found in ( Eucalyptus spp.) mallee to 4 m over Hakea -Melaleuca -Grevillea scrub to 1 .5-3
m and heath to 1 .2- 1 .5 m on part of the east-north-east facing slope of Parker Range South. Geology
is quartzitic (silicified sandstone) as boulder, cobble, pebble and gravel outcrop, bordered up-slope (to
west) by outcropping volcanics and down-slope (to east) by aeolian sands, with erosional gullies to the
north and south. Soils are pale yellow to yellow olive-brown sands of a skeletal nature with gravel,
pebbles and ± cobbles of quartzose and ferruginous rock fragments and minimal organic matter.
D. wilsonii does not occur on the volcanics and is replaced down-slope by Drummondita hassellii on
the aeolian sands.

Flowering period. Observed for June to July, but probably commenced May as flowering well
underway in mid-June, and extends to at least August as the species was fruiting in October.

Affinities. Drummondita wilsonii is morphologically similar to both D. ericoides and D. miniata. Each
has similar flowers and leaves with a large terminal gland. D. wilsonii differs from D. ericoides in the
1-3 terminal flowers and unequal calyx segments, characters which it shares with Drummondita
miniata. D. ericoides differs from both species in possessing leaves with apical glands which are
sometimes pointed. D. miniata has the largest flowers with woolly tomentose calyces and the largest
leaves, which are more openly arranged and crowded towards branch apices. D. ericoides has a similar

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondila wilsnnii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

97

Figure 1. Drummondita wilsonii F.H. Mollemans - Holotype (/•'.//. & M.P. Mollemans 2761)

98

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

leaf arrangement to that of D. miniata, while D. wilsonii has leaves which are densely crowded along
entire branchlets. D. miniata , at least from the type locality, is a more robust shrub than D. ericoides,
and D. wilsonii is the least robust of the three. Flower colour differs in all three species. Table 1
summarises the similarities and differences between the three species.

Conservation status. Poorly known, CALM Priority 1 .

Etymology. The species is named after Paul Wilson in recognition of his taxonomic studies of the
Rutaceae.

Philotheca Rudge

(includes Eriostemon sect. Nigrostipulae - Wilson 1970)

1. Philotheca langei F.H. Mollemans, sp. nov. (Figures 2 & 4)

Distinguitur.Enostemo/j/a/catoperparvus, ovatussepala; parvus petalis; stamina filamentapaene
glabra; folia glandis valde exsertis.

Typus: Northern Wheatbelt, NW of Chiddarcooping Hill (precise locality withheld), alt. c. 465 m.,
25th August 1991, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 4127 (holo: PERTH; iso: AD, BISH, CANB, K).

Shrubs or undershrubs, erect, to 1.2 m tall and up to 60 cm across. Leaves exstipulate, shortly
petiolate, ascending, clavate, 4-6 mm long, c. 1 mm thick; adaxial surface flattened, canaliculate;
margins and rounded abaxial surface with distinct glandular verrucosities, glands strongly exserted;
apex pointed. Flowers 1-3, terminal, on a pedicel c. 2.5-3 mm long. Sepals obovate, c. 0.5 mm long;
minutely pubescent, otherwise glabrous; centre thickened, glandular verrucose; margin flaccid. Petals
white, elliptic, c. 3-4 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, pubescent inside, margin pilose, mostly glabrous
outside, with a narrow, c. 0.5 mm wide, central glandular-verrucose band externally which is pink at
the apex and fades to white at base. Staminal filaments 10, free, alternately 5 short c. 3 mm long and
5 longer c. 3.5 mm, terete at apex to marginally flattened at base, glabrous apart from a few scattered
apical hairs; anthers oblong, c. 1 .0 mm long, orange-pink, white-apiculate, pollen orange-pink. Ovary
glabrous, of acute, narrowly pyramidal carpels. Style glabrous. Seed reniform,c. 1.8 mm long, black,
minutely reticulate-foveate.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: NNE of Chiddarcooping Hill, alt. c. 427 m.,
frequency (locally) fairly common - 12 seen, 7th November 1990, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 3776
(PERTH); NW of Chiddarcooping Hill, alt. 465 m., frequency (locally) fairly common - 6 seen,
8th November 1990, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 3796 (PERTH).

Distribution. Endemic to the boundary zone of the Avon and Coolgardie Botanical Districts of Western
Australia, occurring north of Chiddarcooping Hill, which is located about 45 km north-west of Southern
Cross, Westonia Shire.

Habitat. Found in Allocasuarina campestris ± Acacia ± Thryptomene scrub and open to dense
shrubland vegetation to c. 1.8- 2.8 m tall on pale orange sand over a similar coloured clay crust, near
flat granite or amongst granite boulders.

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

99

Table 1 . Comparison of some important taxonomic and ecological features of Drummondita ericoides
Harvey, D. miniata (C.A. Gardner) P.G. Wilson and D. wilsonii F.H. Mollemans.

Character

D. ericoides

D. miniata

D. wilsonii

Leaf length (mm)

4. 5-8. 5

8.5-16

2-6

Leaf width max (mm)

0.9

1-1.5

1

Leaf shape

± falcate

± falcate

clavate

slender

slender

thickened

Leaf arrangement

Crowded

Crowded

Crowded

towards

at branch

along

apices

apices

entire stem

Terminal leaf gland

Black, ±

Red,

Black,

pointed

round

round

Leaf glands

Scattered

Scattered

Abundant

Leaf colour

Green

Grey

Green

Terminal flower number

1

1-3

1-3

Petal length (cm)

1.35

1.85-2

1.2

Petal width max (mm)

6

5.5

3

Branching

Erect

Divaricate

Very rigid
erect

Flower colour

Yellow

Orange-

cinnibar

Red

Flower length
(ex style)

1.6

2.5-3. 1

1.5

Plant stature

Semi-robust

Robust

Slender

Calyx shape

Obovate

Obovate

Oblong

Calyx length (mm)

3

5-6

4-5

Calyx width (mm)

3

3.5

2-2.5

Calyx pubescence

Glabrous

Woolly

tomentose

outside

Glabrous

Calyx segments

Equal

Unequal

Unequal

Habitat

Rocky peak

Granite

Sandstone

100

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

SKlio

/AUptUc* <**9**' Ktf - s**#”*** r
Pe/ejyM-

ixmw-HMn [\ '” f .

Weswtn A:>sf';*>s« ■ MwiMwV* iWSt>})

HOLOTYPE

PETgJvMfNAV^

Wesnsfc *'vt ‘A-Ujacvjw 'PJ9TM;

AUSTRAUA^ HERBARIUM, PERTH
F*tsa.<£ Western Australia

Efi -£p - |?tj4tA.ce<st-«.

J •**> *1 0 e-i^v 4'cvA^ cxAmsA <?0

sxc»*«£4 w~' t vt«<rtW. c^yyp^.^rxi

( «4&*%Jfc ) 2*’^ - 2- 9 s- ik*^J»UA^ .

P<vAa- ieu^oL uv-&v~

<*.4 CXw

( lH - ^M'tker'A u>U4iuxV4»^A s C<A > 4-‘^*Ov. Kiui
wUi & CiA , #© as**'
NW .Sk**-*-* *-*“&&&

(.;>< JJ 0 * 5T2 1 34>’* S *'•»«• H# < *3£'4$'*£

AB-, c. 4-fe> r AW* <*<**<■* 1
11 :,!i F. H ■& ***-?■ Ik. <-**«. *r 4i2^ &&*** *

oy^jCAT&.s

£'S//-, o **< ? \ f?o

Figure 2. Philntheca langei F.H. Mollemans - Holotype ( F.H . & M.P. Mallemans 4127)

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philntheca langei and P. basistyla

101

Flowering period. August-October.

Fruiting period. November.

Affinities. Philotheca langei is morphologically similar to E.falcatus, each possessing abundant glands
on branchlets, similarly shaped leaves and white-apiculate anthers, in common. Philotheca langei
differs from E.falcatus in the smaller, ovate sepals, the smaller petals, the nearly glabrous staminal
filaments and the strongly exserted leaf glands. The virtual absence (apart from the few at the apex)
of hairs on the staminal filaments of Philotheca langei are an important distinguishing character. The
petals of Philotheca langei are unusual in lacking a stalk (out-growth at the base of the petal) by which
it is attached; P. basistyla , for example, possesses such a stalk. Table 2 summarises the important
taxonomic and ecological features of Philotheca langeiF.H. Mollemans, E.falcatus P. G. Wilson and
Philotheca basistyla F.H. Mollemans.

The present taxon is referable to Eriostemon sect. Nigrostipulae (Wilson 1970), but all species in
that section are being transferred to Philotheca (e.g. Wilson 1992). The species described here is
therefore being placed in Philotheca in anticipation of the general transfer of other species in sect.
Nigrostipulae to that genus.

Conservation status. Poorly known, CALM Priority 1 .

Etymology. The species is named in honour of Dr Robert T. (Bob) Lange for his untiring efforts in
rangelands ecology and palaeobotany in Australia, a mentor of some of Australia’s leading botanists
and my Honours supervisor at the University of Adelaide in 1981.

2. Philotheca basistyla F.H. Mollemans, sp. nov. (Figures 3 & 4)

Distinguitur Eriostemon falcatus per glandulosa-verrucosa absens ramulis; stamina filamenta
connatus ille basalis dimidium ad formatus tubus, superus liber filum teretia, dense pilosus; folia longa;
multo parvus sepala; parvus petalis; stylus (ubi immaturus) basalis expansus (pyriformis) supra
punctum exaffixus cum ovarium et contractus versus ad angustus supra stylus, decrescens ut stylus
maturus.

Typus: Trayning District, SSE of Trayning, 180 km east of Perth, (precise locality withheld), alt.
290 m., 25th August 1991, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 4126 (holo: PERTH; iso: BISH).

Much-branched, spreading shrubs or undershrubs, to 1 m tall and up to 80 cm across. Leaves
exstipulate, shortly petiolate; lamina slender-clavate, ascending, c. 7-14 mm long, up to c. 1-1.5 mm
thick (when fresh), adaxial surface grooved in the lower half, abaxial surface with distinct glandular
verrucosities but glands not strongly exserted, apex rounded. Flowers solitary, terminal, on a peduncle
c. 0.5- 1 .5 mm long. Sepals triangular, c. 0.5- 1 mm long; margin flaccid, minutely pubescent otherwise
glabrous; centre thickened, glandular-verrucose. Petals white, elliptic c. 6(6.5) mm long, petiolate,
glabrous outside, pubescent within, hairs longer centrally, an outer c. 1 mm broad thickened midrib,
glandular-verrucose. pink at the apex fading to white at the base. Staminal filaments 10, alternately 5
c. 3 mm long and 5 c. 3.5 mm, fused in the basal half to form a tube, upper free filaments terete, densely
pilose; anthers peltate, oblong, c. 0.5 mm long, pollen white. Ovary glabrous, obtuse carpels form a
depressed cavity which contains the expanded style base. Style (when immature) basally expanded

102

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. I (1993)

Table 2. Comparison of some important taxonomic and ecological features of Philotheca langei
F.H. Mollemans, E.falcatus P.G. Wilson and Philotheca basistyla F.H. Mollemans.

Character

P. langei

E. falcatus

P. basistyla

Plant

Erect

Short, much-

Spreading,

stature/branching

branched

much-branched

Leaf length (mm)

4-6

6

7-14

Leaf width (mm)

1

1

1-1.5

Leaf shape

Clavate

Falcate

Slender-

clavate

Leaf apex

Pointed

Rounded

Rounded

Stem glands

Abundant

Abundant

Few

Gland exertion

Strongly

exserted

Exserted

Exserted

Petal length (mm)

3-4

7

6(6.5)

Petal width (mm)

2-2.2

3

2.5-3

Petal petiole

Absent

(?)

Present

Calyx length

0.5

3

1

Calyx shape

Obovate

Narrowly

triangular

Triangular

Calyx apex

Obtuse

Acute

Obtuse

Staminal filament

A few

Scattered

Densely

pubescence

apical

hairs

pilose in

hairs

upper half

Staminal filaments

Free

Free

Fused in
lower half

as a tube

Anthers

White-

White-

Non-

apiculate

apiculate

apiculate

Habitat

Sand loam,

(?) sandplain

Deep sand

granite

yellow

Allocasuarina

Eucalyptus,
mixed heath

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

103

■RUM

PERTH 82005352

UvUtyp* '

(5i: Ti-RMiN AV ( T fT $. 9. >9 fZ

YtftM** hm*#.*. iP5RTH!

HOLOWH

£r< OStQMtm F.H.

Holo+sfi*

T*M*W NAVtf ’fctfotfk'***? vfyii

WESTERN AUSTRAUAN HKRBARV? -M. PERTH
Hk>rt of Western Awrcn&a

«Sp. S3s^wH*.c*<*«.
$pm{u4,«;«i -U> <**.*■«*£? <x<^o<

-*-$* -K> ffO f <xr

6n-ev?l(e« eri’oifet&Kyt 1 o-rv4

«tej v« a.,

Crvo-^x

Ok. p'***"*' «*l**’K*-*'fc*&c4 rt>&*4

in: Jtfifoo, 23-rfpw, 5i£ ^

Ttw^km^ t »aof«« e«*f- of

< - 'Si 6 ZV* £ t •'«}.' f »?“$-** S?*£

Am, Z^O ** Afc«wKtoi<Hi4 ; Fi»F»-|^ f 0 *m

'■ F-t*.* 4 .;^ jmT.JM'**/

Figure 3. Philotheca basistyla F.H. Mollemans - Holotype (F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 4126)

104

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

(pear-shaped) above point of attachment with ovary and tapering upwards, narrowing as style matures,
densely pilose. Fruit not seen.

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Trayning District, 180 km east of Perth, alt.
290 m., frequency (locally) fairly common - c. 4 seen, 20th August 1 990, F.H. &M. P. Mollemans 32 1 3
(PERTH); Trayning District, 180 km east of Perth, alt. 290 m., abundance (locally) fairly common,
25th August 1991, F.H. & M.P. Mollemans 4124, 4125 (PERTH).

Distribution. Endemic to the boundary region of the Avon and Coolgardie Botanical Districts of
Western Australia, occurring south-south-east of Trayning, which is located c. 180 km east of Perth,
Trayning Shire.

Habitat. Found in dense scrub of Eucalyptus leptopoda, Grevillea eriostachya, Allocasuarina
acutivalvis, Baeckea muricata, Baeckea floribunda, Hakea coriacea, Melaleuca conothamnoides,
Melaleuca sp., Daviesia sp., Choretrum pritzellii, Phebalium tuberculosum, Pimelea sp. and Hibbertia
sp. growing on deep yellow sand.

Figure 4. Distribution of Drummondita wilsonii F.H. Mollemans (o), Philotheca lungei F.H. Mollemans (+) and Philotheca
basistylu F.H. Mollemans (*)

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

105

Flowering period. August-October.

Affinities. Philotheca basistyla is morphologically similar to Eriostemon falcatus. The complete
absence of glandular verrucosities on branchlets and the terete staminal filaments which are fused in
the lower half to form a tube makes it distinct. Additional differences are in the longer leaves, much
smaller sepals and smaller petals. Philotheca basistyla also possesses a basally expanded style which
grows in the depressed area between the carpels. Such a character is unusual in Eriostemon , but the
character was present in different specimens (Mollemans 3213, 4126) collected in different years.
Other important taxonomic and ecological features of Philotheca basistyla F.H. Mollemans are
summarised in Table 2.

The presence of a distinct medial strip on the outside of petals is seen in Philotheca basistyla ,
Philotheca langei, and some other species (see Wilson 1 970). Examination of the type of Eriostemon
falcatus ( W.E . Blackall B.917, October 1931: PERTH) indicates the presence of the same character,
but due to the condition of the specimen it is quite obscure and difficult to see. In the smaller petals
of Philotheca langei this petal medial strip is quite narrow and broadens with increasing petal size in
the other species.

Monadelphous stamens are a character which places this taxon in Philotheca, a genus which is
morphologically similar to Eriostemon sect. Nigrostipulae (Wilson 1970). The morphological
similarity between Philotheca basistyla and Eriostemon falcatus suggests that they are related, and
placing the present taxon in Philotheca tends to ignore this apparent relationship. However, it is
recognised that all of Eriostemon sect. Nigrostipulae will eventually be transferred to Philotheca
(Wilson 1992), and so the situation will be remedied once this has been accomplished.

Comments. Damage by locusts occurred during the 1990 locust plague ( J. Armstrong pers. comm.),
but plants were found flowering again without apparent ill effect in 1991 .

Conservation status. Poorly known, CALM Priority 1 .

Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the expanded style base of this taxon, and was suggested by
P.G. Wilson.

Discussion

Similarities between D. wilsonii, D. ericoidesandD. miniata. Gardner (1928) considered Drummondita
miniata (C.A. Gardner) P.G. Wilson to be very closely related to D. ericoides Harvey, and pointed out
the similarity in petal shape to support this suggestion. Shrub size and branching, leaf arrangement,
size, shape, vestiture and colour of the apical gland, flower size, sepal size (unequal in D. miniata),
shape and vestiture, petal vestiture and colour, were all cited by Gardner (1928) as differences. A
comparison of Drummondita wilsonii with both D miniata and D. ericoides (Table 1) also shows a
comparable quantity of similarities and differences.

Gardner (1928) selected only one character in common amongst many differences to establish a
relationship between D. ericoides and D. miniata. The three species D. wilsonii, D. ericoides and
D. miniata have similarities in the leaves, petals, some calyx characters and in the preference for
substrata which are always rocky in nature (Table 1), but there are clear size differences in particular

106

Nuytsia Vo). 9, No. 1 (1993)

in habit, leaf and floral characters. Compared to the other Drummondita taxa ( D . hassellii, D. hassellii
var. longifolia and D. calida), al 1 taxa have flowers which exhibit variations in colour and shape of floral
parts, but there are significant differences between D. hassellii , D. hassellii var. longifolia and D. calida
and what may be termed the Drummondita ericoides group (I). ericoides, D. miniata and D. wilsonii ),
in the possession by the latter group of leaves which are similarly shaped, channelled above and which
possess the large terminal gland. None of the other taxa have large glands at leaf apices. Several leaf
characters may therefore be added to petals (used by Gardner 1928) to further establish the relationship
between D. ericoides and D. miniata, and to add D. wilsonii.

Pollination mechanisms and flower colour variation in Drummondita. One of the more striking
characters of D. ericoides , D. miniata and D. wilsonii is that of flower colour. The petals of D. miniata
are orange-cinnibar in colour, D. ericoides yellow- white (Gardner 1928)andD. wilsonii reddish fading
to green at the base. From west to east the flower colour of these species, which are grouped here due
to similarities in petals and several leaf characters, grades from yellow (D. ericoides ) through orange-
cinnibar (D. miniata ) to red (D. wilsonii).

Gardner (1928) noted a similar pattern of petal colour variation in the flowers of D. hassellii again
from yellow through to red, from west to east in its distributional range. This, he suggested limited the
value of flower colour as a distinguishing character between D. miniata and D. ericoides. Colour
variation in the flowers of D. hassellii is apparently clinal in nature, with populations varying more or
less continuously over its range. But this species is quite variable taxonomically and may in time be
subdivided into more than one taxon. Parallels are therefore apparent between what may be termed the
D. hassellii group and the informal D. ericoides group ( which includes both D. miniata and D. wilsonii)
recognised here.

The species of the Drummondita ericoides group have a broader geographic range and more
northerly distribution than that of the D. hassellii group, but are restricted by habitat requirements to
certain geological features (Table 1), of apparently great age. Although exhibiting an identical pattern
of flower colour to the D. hassellii group, the species of the D. ericoides group, rather than forming a
cline, apparently occupy different locational foci within a hypothetical cline. What we see nowadays
in these three species may be three divergent members of a formerly more widespread, common
ancestor.

Flower colour has definite advantages for pollination, and in the D. ericoides group the flower
colour of a common ancestor appears to have been retained by each species in the group. In the flora
of south-west Western Australia the colours seen in this group are amongst the four most common and
Drummondita is bird pollinated according to Keighery (1982).

Similar colour variation to that present in both the D. ericoides group and the D. hassellii group is
also found in the flowers of Diplolaena (Rutaceae) with flowers again varying in colour from west to
east from yellow through to red (G.J. Keighery pers. comm., P.G. Wilson pers. comm.). In this instance,
however, the colour variation is in the stamens (P.G. Wilson op. cit.), which in Diplolaena are quite
long and prominent. Armstrong (1979) lists birds as pollen vectors in Diplolaena.

Drummondita miniata is thought to be bird pollinated as Keighery (pers. comm.) has observed
brown honeyeaters visiting the large flowers of this species at the Cue Rifle Range (Cue is the type
locality of D. miniata). The relatively smaller flowers of D. ericoides and D. wilsonii (Table 1 ) would
seem to be a factor preventing bird pollination. However, brown honeyeaters, for example, possess a

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

107

long slender tongue with a feather-like appendage at the apex (D. Graham pers. comm.), by which they
could easily penetrate the narrow tubular flowers of these two species. According to Keighery (1982),
such "narrow, tubular flowers are rarely visited by insects ... and can only be utilised by the smaller,
slender-billed honeyeaters."

Insects are widespread, and likewise flower colour is an insect attractant, while moth and butterfly
pollen vectors are also possible for the genus because some of these possess an extendible proboscis
by which they could easily penetrate Drummondita flowers. So, although bird pollination is implicated
in the reproductive strategy of Drummondita, it is still uncertain as to what if any other pollen vectors
are involved. Field data on this aspect is required, particularly for D. ericoides and D. wilsonii, for which
no information is available.

Distribution and flowering time of the D. ericoides group. The inland species, D. miniata, occupies
an area subject to unreliable rainfall. Because of its eremaean (desert) distribution, D. miniata may
flower opportunistically depending on rainfall, a characteristic of other eremaean species e.g.
Calothamnus sp. (Hawkeswood and Mollemans ined.). D. ericoides and D. wilsonii, on the other hand,
have a more temperate distribution and are unlikely to have developed such a survival mechanism, so
are probably unlike D. miniata in having flowering times triggered by an environmental stimulus other
than rainfall, such as day-length.

The evolutionary history > of the Drummondita ericoides group ( which includes D. miniata and
D. wilsonii ), D. hassellii group and D. calida. The distribution patterns of the D. ericoides group and
the D. hassellii group, which occur in central and south-west Western Australia, overlap. But D. calida
is distributed (in the north of the Northern Territory and Queensland) well away from other members
of the genus. The presence of elements of the D. ericoides group and D. calida (which occurs in similar
rocky habitats to those which carry the D. ericoides group) on geological ly old stable features with very
little soil development, and their exclusion from adjacent geologically recent aeolian deposits, suggests
that they are amongst the oldest members of the genus. The D. hassellii group (apart from D. hassellii
var. longifolia), on the other hand, seems to have developed later in association with the widespread
development of aeolian deposits during the so-called period of developing aridity since the separation
of Australia from Antarctica.

Drummondita hassellii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson var. longifolia Paul G. Wilson, which occurs on
Peak Charles has habitat preferences similar to those of the Drummondita ericoides group and
D. calida. The presence of this taxon on the geologically stable substrate of Peak Charles, suggests that
it is significantly older than the remainder of the D. hassellii group.

Drummondita calida (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, occurs on mountainous habitats in the Gilbert’s
River area of North Queensland (see Wilson 197!) and its distribution also extends to rocky hillsides
near Bloomfield Springs in Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory ( Menkhorst KA 364: PERTH).
The presence of D. calida on the other side of the continent, suggests that the past distribution of
Drummondita encompassed a large part of Australia prior to the break-up of Gondwanaland, and the
subsequent disintegration of the group resulting from associated climatic deterioration. The possibility
may be considered that D. calida found its way to northern Australia through long distance dispersal
mechanisms, from the apparent stronghold of the genus in southern Western Australia. But,
Drummondita is ant dispersed according to J. Armstrong (pers. comm.).

On hills such as Parker Range south (habitat of Drummondita wilsonii ) and White Peak near
Geraldton (habitat of Drummondita ericoides), the substrate has remained essentially unaltered while

108

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

the climate has changed through time. However, on adjacent more recently developed aeolian
sandplains and associated deposits both the substrate and the climate has changed.

D. hassellii has developed on the aeolian deposits, and in the Parker Range south area there is a clear
segregation between D. hassellii and D. wilsonii. D. wilsonii occurs only on skeletal soils developed
on the geologically old rocks, while down-slope it is replaced by D. hassellii on sandplains lapping onto
and having extensive occurrence adjacent to the range. Even though both D. wilsonii and D. hassellii
occur essentially side by side at the boundary between outcrop with skeletal soils and adjacent
sandplains, no evident intermediate forms (hybrids) were observed. There is a clear substrate related
line of demarcation between the two species, and this may also reflect a clear genetic segregation.

It is possible that if D. ericoides, D. wilsonii and D. miniata are brought together experimentally
they could hybridise, as a relationship (albeit tenuous) has been established between them using several
leaf characters coupled with the petal character used by Gardner (1928). But this would not occur in
nature due to the vast distances separating the three species. D. ericoides occurs near Geraldton,
D. miniata in the Cue district and D. wilsonii occurs south-south-east of Southern Cross; D. ericoides
is separated from D. miniata by a distance of 360 km, while these two species are separated from
D. wilsonii by distances of 600 and 550 km, respectively.

Heath vegetation is thought to have flourished in Australia for almost 50 million years (Specht et al.
1979), and had its beginnings in the pan-Australian rain forest which existed when Australia was part
of Gond wanaland. The break-up of Gondwanaland allowed for altered climatic influences, particularly
around southern Australia, which was associated with the gradual separation from west to east of
Australia and Antarctica. As Drummondita exhibits evident divergence, associated with climatic and
physiographic changes stemming from continental separation, there are clear indications that it is a
genus of great antiquity.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Jim Armstrong, Paul Wilson and the staff of the Western Australian Herbarium
(PERTH) for assistance in work associated with the preparation of this paper. The initial collection of
the three species described here were made while I was employed on contract with the Department of
Conservation and Land Management (CALM) on a survey of rare flora in CALM’s Merredin District,
a project funded jointly by the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service and CALM. I wish to
acknowledge the funding bodies. Thanks also to Mr P. Brown, District Manager, Department of
Conservation and Land Management, Merredin, for permission to collect in Chiddarcooping Nature
Reserve. Jim Armstrong and Paul Wilson pointed out aspects of this paper requiring improvement.
Special thanks go to my wife Nellie for her untiring assistance and support, at home and in the field.

References

Armstrong, J.A, (1979). Biotic pollination mechanisms in the Australian flora; a review. New Zealand J. Bot. 17: 467-508.
Gardner, C.A. (1928), Contributiones florae Australiae occidentalis VII. J. Roy. Soc. West. Austral. 14: 79-80.
Hawkeswood.T.J.&Mollemans, F.H. (ined.). Calothamnus ,?«perf)[«T.J.Hawkeswood&F.H.Mollemans(Leptospermoideae:
Myrtaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 8: 311-318.

F.H. Mollemans, Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla

109

Spechl, R.L., Rogers, R.W. & Hopkins, A.K.M. (1979). Seasonal growth and flowering rhythms: Australian heathlands. In:
R.L. Specht (Ed.), Heathlands and Related Shrublands. B. Analytical Studies, pp. 5-13. (Elsevier Scientific Publishing
Company: Amsterdam.)

Wilson, P.G. (1970). "A taxonomic revision of the genera Crimea, Eriostemon and Phebalium, Rutaceae". Nuytsia 1: 1-155.
Wilson, P.G. (1971). "Taxonomic notes on the family Rutaceae, principally of Western Australia". Nuytsia 1 : 197-207.
Wilson, P.G. (1992). “Philotheca citrina (Rutaceae), a new species from Western Australia". Nuytsia 8: 245-248.

Nuytsia 9 (1): 111-117 (1993)

111

The status, ecology and relationships

of Meziella (Haloragaceae)

A.E. Orchard 1 and G.J. Keighery 2

‘Australian Biological Resources Study, GPO Box 636, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 2601
-Department of Conservation & Land Management, PO Box 51, Wanneroo, Western Australia 6065

Abstract

Orchard, A.E. and Keighery , G. I. The status, ecology and relationships of Meziella (Haloragaceae).
Nuytsia 9(1): 111-117 (1993). The monotypic genus Meziella has until now been known only from
its very fragmentary and immature type. Because of this its status as a genus and relationships have
been unclear, and its description has been incomplete. Recent rediscovery of the species has allowed
a full description to be prepared for the first time. It is now confirmed that Meziella is a distinct genus,
intermediate in many respects between Haloragis and Myriophyllum. Its somewhat bizarre features
are described, its ecology discussed, and a revised key to the Australian genera of the family is provided.

Introduction

Nees ( 1 844) described a new species, Gonocarpus trifidus, from a Preiss collection from the shores
of a lake near Albany in Western Australia. The plant was a small creeping herb, rooting at the nodes,
with trifid leaves and young flowers. The main collection was deposited in the Nees collection at LE,
but a small fragment subsequently found its way to MEL.

Two years later, Walpers ( 1 846) transferred the species to Haloragis, probably for no better reason
than that it was considered that the two genera were synonymous. There is no indication that he re-
examined the species, and even if he had, it is unlikely that he could have made much of it with only
immature flowers to work with.

The only complete revision of the family Haloragaceae to species level since Walper’s treatment
is that of Schindler (1905). He recognised two subfamilies, Halorrhagoideae and Gunneroideae, the
second of which is now generally considered to constitute a distinct family, Gunneraceae. Schindler
divided subfamily Halorrhagoideae into two tribes, Halorrhageae and Myriophylleae, distinguished by
the characters of the endocarp. In tribe Halorrhageae the 1 -4-locular ovary develops into a fruit i n which
the woody or crustaceous endocarp constitutes a single structure, and the 1 -4 seeds in each fruit are shed
as a unit withi n the dry nut. In tribe My riophy lleae, containing only the genus Myriophyllum, the woody
endocarp forms separately around each locule, and at maturity the fruit separates into two or four
1 -seeded nutlets.

Schindler re-examined the single collection of "Haloragis trifida", and decided, despite its
deficiencies, to segregate it as a distinct genus from Haloragis (which also included Gonocarpus).

112

Nuytsia Vol. 9. No. 1 (1993)

a principal distinguishing character he used the fact that in Meziella (as he called it), the sepals were
much longer than the ovary, whereas in Haloragis sensu lato they were much shorter. He also drew
attention to the tact that Meziella had only a single whorl of 4 stamens, whereas most species of
Haloragis had a double whorl totalling 6 or 8 (the only exception known to him being Haloragis
(= Gonocarpus) nodulosa.

In a series of papers. Orchard (1975, 1976, 1977, 1979, 1980, 1981, 1986a, 1986b, 1990a, 1990b),
revised the generic and specific taxonomy of the South American, Pacific and Australian members of
the family. In general Orchard adopted the generic circumscription of Schindler, with two major
differences. Gonocarpus was re-instated as a genus distinct from Haloragis, and a new genus
Haloragodendron was created. In both cases the critical distinguishing characters were to be found in
the development of the ovary i nto the fruit. The flowers of Gonocarpus , Haloragis and Haloragodendron
all begin with four ovules in an ovary with essentially 4 locules (sometimes reduced to 2 or 3 ovules
and locules). In Gonocarpus the septa are insubstantial and incomplete, and are crushed by the single
ovule which develops into a seed. The ovary wall becomes crustaceous in fruit, but hardly woody. In
Haloragis all 4 ovules can potentially develop into seeds, and the septa and endocarp become woody,
forming a single, indehiscent, dry, 4-seeded nut which is shed as a single unit. Haloragodendron has
a fruit development somewhat intermediate between Gonocarpus and Haloragis. In the flower the
ovary has substantial and complete septa between the 4 locules (resembling Haloragis ), but only a
single seed is formed in each fruit, crushing the septa to one side (as in Gonocarpus). However, the
endocarp becomes very woody, and the fruit increases in size considerably after anthesis (both
characteristic of Haloragis, but not of Gonocarpus). Other characters support this generic disposition,
but the developmental characters of the ovary/fruit were found to be the most diagnostic.

Orchard considered the status of Meziella in two papers (1975, 1990b), but because of the paucity
and poor quality of the material available was unable to decide on the exact generic status of the species,
and opted to maintain the status quo until more material became available. Attention was drawn to the
superficial similarity of the habit and vegetative morphology of Meziella to some bog-dwelling small
species of Myriophyllum. For example, Myriophyllum limnophilum has a very close resemblance to
Meziella in habit and leaf shape, and is also found in boggy ground in the south-west of Western
Australia. However, without fruits it was impossible to decide whether Meziella was in fact a distinct
genus, or only a species of Haloragis or Myriophyllum. In the last 10 years several searches have been
made in an attempt to re-discover Meziella, but in the absence of details of its original collection site,
all failed, and it was feared that the species (and genus) had become extinct.

Recently one of us (G J.K.) discovered a population of a strange bog-dwelling plant at Chester
Forest Block (34° ll'S, 115° 19' E), approximately 30 km east of Augusta, and about 200 km west of
Preiss’ original collection from near Albany, but still in the Warren Botanical Subdistrict. Examination
has confirmed it to be Meziella. The new discovery bore copious flowers and fruits, and these have
finally allowed the question of the status of the genus to be resolved. In addition, the ecology of the
species can now be described.

Chester Block occupies the only remnant of the Nillup Plain remaining uncleared. This area is a
gently sloping pediment of the Blackwood Plateau, and is normally saturated or slightly submerged
during winter and spring. Meziella occurs on slightly submerged flats, on grey sandy clays over clay.
It is found in very shallow (c. 5 cm deep) pools or prostrate on saturated soils in slight depressions.
Vegetation is a low heath of Pericalymma crassipes over mixed sedges (chiefly Leptocarpus and Restio
species). Scattered through this community are emergent trees of Melaleuca rhaphiophylla and tall
shrubs of Adenanthos detmoldii.

A.E. Orchard & G.J. Keighery, Meziella

113

Meziella can over-summer in protected sites as a small rootstock with short dense leafy stems with
linear leaves. However, many plants in drier more exposed sites die during the summer. Regrowth and
germination occurs as the winter rains flood the small depressions and continues until the area begins
to dry in October and November.

Flowering commences during November at Chester Block and continues until January. Mature
fruits are present from January to February. Flowering ceases in January and the plants die or over-
summer as vegetative shoots until the next winter. Dispersal of the fruit has not yet been observed.

The status of Meziella

Meziella is a fairly bizarre plant at first sight, but perhaps no more so than some of the more unusual
species of Myriophyllum, such as M. callitrichoides, M. decussatum or M. coronation. In habit it
resembles several of the small bog-dwelling semi-aquatic species of Myriophyllum. The flowers are
bisexual, with the 4-merous plan common in Haloragaceae, but have disproportionately long and
narrow sepals almost equalling the petals, unlike any other species in the family. In fruit these sepals
become stiffly erect or semi-spreading, forming a corona of soft spines at the summit of the fruit. At
the same time further soft spine-like processes are developed in the lower half of the fruit, with groups
of 6-7 "spines" below each sepal. These lower spines are present in the flower, but are very reduced,
and expand rapidly once the petals and stamens are shed. They were not observed by any previous
author.

The stamens of Meziella are also somewhat unusual. Only a single whorl of 4 is present, unlike-the
double whorl normal in the family. This reduction in number occurs occasionally in other genera, e.g.
in Gonocarpus nodulosus, Myriophyllum integrifolium, M. limnophilum, M. callitrichoides subsp.
callitrichoides and M. mattogrossense, but is not common. In addition, the anthers in Meziella are
distinctly apiculate. This is an unusual feature in the family, found in most species of Glischrocaryon,
all species of Haloragodendron, and rarely in Myriophyllum (e.g. M. coronatum, M. muricatum,
M. mattogrossense).

As in many other Haloragaceae, while the flowers of Meziella are morphologically bisexual, they
are often functionally unisexual. In the inflorescence there is a gradation from flowers at the top of the
spike which are functionally male by virtue of their protandry, and which through truncation of the
growing season will probably never develop their female parts, to those in the central region of the spike
which, having shed their pollen develop their stigmas, become pollinated themselves and develop
rapidly to fruit, and those towards the base of the spike in which the anthers, although present, do not
split open to release pollen and are thus functionally female. A similar gradation is not unusual in many
species of Myriophyllum , and in some species of Haloragis and Gonocarpus.

The ovary/fruit developmen t provides the final evidence that Meziella deserves its separate generic
status. The ovary is 4-locular with well-defined septa, and a single pendulous ovule in each locule (i.e.
identical with Haloragis and Haloragodendron). Each of these ovules develops, potentially, to form
a seed. In the process the endocarp around each locule becomes woody, but unlike Haloragis, where
a single 4-locular woody mass is formed, in Meziella 4 separate woody I -seeded pyrenes develop. This
is similar to the situation in Myriophyllum, but there the exocarp splits to allow the mericarps to separate
for dispersal. This does not happen in Meziella. Here the fruit remains indehiscent, and the four pyrenes
or mericarps are shed as a unit, bound together by the spiny exocarp.

114

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

The above combination of characters is sufficient to confirm the status of Meziella as a distinct
genus. Its relationships seem to be with Myriophyllum, with which it shares its sub-aquatic habit,
dissected leaves, and fruits in which the endocarp becomes woody around each individual locule rather
than around the fruit as a whole. However it differs from Myriophyllum in that the fruit does not separate
into mericarps at maturity. The subulate sepals, equalling the petals in length, and persisting as spines
on the fruit, serve to set the taxon apart from all others in the family.

Schindler’ s higher level classification needs modification with the discovery of the developmental
structure of the fruit in Meziella. His tribe Myriophylleae was established on the basis that
Myriophyllum differed from all other genera in having a fruit which split into mericarps at maturity,
whereas the fruits of the genera comprising tribe Halorrhageae were completely indehiscent. Meziella
straddles this divide. However it can be accommodated if tribe Myriophylleae is redefined as having
a fruit made up of 1 -seeded pyrenes, while tribe Halorrhageae has a fruit in which all carpels are fused
into a single unit, which may contain as few as 1 seed, or as many as 4, but is never divided into pyrenes.
This modified classification is reflected in the key to genera below.

Key to the genera of Haloragaceae

1. Fruit an indehiscent 1-4-seeded nut not subdivided into 1 -seeded

pyrenes Tribe Halorrhageae

2. All flowers with petals

3. Petals hooded; anthers non-apiculate; inflorescence indeterminate

4. Fruits (2-3)4-locular, pericarp woody with solid septa; flowers in

(l)3-7-flowered dichasia in the axils of alternate bracts Haloragis

4. Fruits 1-Iocular, pericarp crustaceous with no septa (crushed by
single seed); flowers solitary (very rarely 1-3) in the axils of opposite

or alternate bracts Gonocarpus

3. Petals navicular; anthers usually apiculate; inflorescence determinate

5. Leaves serrate; inflorescence narrow, spike-like; shrubs or small

trees with 1-few woody stems/trunks Haloragodendron

5. Leaves entire; inflorescence broad, pseudo-umbelliform; subshrubs

with numerous annual stems arising from a perennial rootstock Glischrocaryon

2. At least female flowers lacking petals (rudimentary petals in Proserpinaca)
6. Fruit 1 -locular; flowers predominantly unisexual, in dichasia of up to

about 1 1 flowers per axil, the terminal one in each dichasium usually

male, the others female or rarely bisexual; anthers linear-oblong Laurembergia

6. Fruit 3-locular; flowers bisexual, solitary or in dichasia of up to 3

flowers per axil; anthers ellipsoid Proserpinaca

1. Fruit made up of 1 -seeded pyrenes Tribe Myriophylleae

7. Fruit splitting at maturity into mericarps; sepals less than half length
of petals (frequently absent), flat, lanceolate to ovate; flowers

frequently unisexual Myriophyllum

7. Fruit not splitting at maturity into mericarps; sepals almost equalling

petals in length, subulate, developing into soft spines; flowers bisexual Meziella

A.E. Orchard & G.J. Keighery. Meziella

115

Figure 1. Mez.iellalrifida. A-habit. B- trifid leaf from the mid-stem region. C- flowersubtendedby twobracteoles. D - petal.
E - stamen. F - bracteole. G - tip of inflorescence showing buds, and flowers at anthesis. H - old flower/young fruit. I - mature
fruit. J - transverse section of fruit showing the four pyrenes within a single pericarp. Scales represent 1 cm (A) or 1 mm(B-J).
All illustrations are from Keighery 1 2789.

116

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Description of Meziella trifida

Meziella trifida (Nees) Schindler, Pflanzenr. 23: 61 (1905) (Figure 1)

Gonocarpus ['Goniocarpus'] trifidus Nees in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 159 (1844)

Typus: "In turfosis humidis ad lacum haud procul ab oppidulo Albany (Plantagenet) m. Octobri 1 840.
Herb. Preiss. No. 2401". Holo: LE; iso: MEL

Haloragis trifida (Nees) Walp., Rep. 5: 672 (1846)

Illustrations: Schindler, Pflanzenr. 23: 61, fig. 18 (1905); Blackall & Grieve, W. Austral. Wildfls 3:
463, 472 (1965); Orchard, FI. Austral. 18: 86, fig. 29 A-F.

Decumbent, glabrous, annual or perennial semi-aquatic herb, reddish in most parts; main stems
prostrate, rooting at the nodes, freely branched; lateral stems ascending, apparently all becoming fertile.
Leaves alternate, subfleshy, the lowermost on each stem entire, linear, 3. 5-5.0 mm long, 0.4 mm wide,
sessile, tip acute; middle and upper leaves on each stem becoming trifid with 2 linear lobes at or above
the middle and ± equalling central lobe in length; each lobe tipped with a hydathode, and tiny
hydathodes sometimes also present in the axils of the lobes. Inflorescence an indeterminate spike of
flowers borne singly in the axils of slightly reduced upper leaves (bracts) on each lateral stem. Bracts
trifid in the lower part, becoming entire above, leaflike. Each flower subtended by a pair of lanceolate
or narrowly deltoid bracteoles, which are red, acute, entire, 1.0 mm long, 0.3 mm wide. Flowers
4-merous, bisexual, sessile. Sepals 4, red, subulate, 1.7 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm wide, entire, smooth,
erect. Petals 4, red, narrowly hooded, 1 .7-1.8 mm long, 0.2 mm wide (keel to margin), with a distinct
apiculum; shed almost immediately after anthesis. Stamens 4, antisepalous; filaments deep red,
lengthening to 0.4-0. 5 mm; anthers yellow to reddish, narrowly oblong, 1.2 mm long, 0.25 mm wide,
distinctly apiculate, sometimes indehiscent in lower flowers. Styles 4, reddish, clavate; stigma
papillate. Ovary small, c. 0.5 mm diameter, ± globular, with clusters of short subulate processes below
the sepals; 4-locular; expanding rapidly in fruit. Fruit red, indehiscent, of 4 woody 1 -seeded pyrenes
contained within a dry exocarp. Sepals persistent, increasing in size and thickness to form a terminal
corona; clusters of 6-7 soft spreading spines to 1 .3 mm long develop on the lower half of the torus
beneath each sepal, upper half of torus smooth. Fruit (including spines) c. 2.7 mm long, 2.7 mm in
diameter.

Specimens of the new collection (G. Keighery 12789) have been lodged at PERTH and HO.

References

Nees von Esenbeck, C.G.D. (1844). In: Lehmann, J.G.C., Plantae Preissianae 1: 159. (Hamburg.)

Orchard, A.E. (1975). Taxonomic revisions in the family Haloragaceae 1. The genera Haloragis, Haloragodendron,
Glischrocaryon. Meziella and Gonocarpus. Bull. Auckland Inst. Mus. 10: 1-299.

Orchard, A.E. (1976). Rediscovery of Gonocarpus trichostachyus (Haloragaceae). Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 13: 109-1 10.

Orchard, A.E. (1977). Taxonomic revisions in the family Haloragaceae II. Further notes on Haloragis. Haloragodendron and
Gonocarpus. Nuytsia 2: 126-144.

Orchard, A.E. ( 1979). Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae) in Australasia I. New Zealand: A revision of the genus and a synopsis
of the family. Brunonia 2: 247-287.

A.E. Orchard & G.J. Keighery, Meziella

117

Orchard. A.E. (1980). An anomalous South Australian Haloragis (Haloragaceae). J. Adelaide Bot. Gardens 2: 253-257.

Orchard. A.E. (1981). A revision of South American Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae), and its repercussions on some Australian
and North American species. Brunonia 4; 27-65.

Orchard, A.E. (1986a). New taxa in (ionocarpus and Haloragis (Haloragaceae). Nuytsia 5: 327-339.

Orchard, A.E. (1986b). Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae) in Australasia 11. The Australian species. Brunonia 8: 173-291.
Orchard, A.E. (1990a). Rediscovery of Haloragodendron lucasii (Haloragaceae). Telopea 3: 593-5.

Orchard, A.E. (1990b). Haloragaceae. In: George, A.S., Flora of Australia 18: 5-85
Schindler. A.K. (1905). Halorrhagaceae. In: Engler, H.G.A., Das Planzenreich 23: 1-133.

Walpers, W.G. (1846). Repertorium botanices systematicae 5: 672. (Leipzig.)

Nuytsia 9(1): 119-122(1993)

119

Thomasia glabripetala (Sterculiaceae), a new species from
south-west Western Australia

S.J. Patrick

Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia6152

Abstract

Patrick, S.J. Thomasia glabripetala (Sterculiaceae), a new species from south-west Western
Australia. Nuytsia 9(1): 119-122(1993). A new species of Thomasia (Sterculiaceae) is described and
illustrated, namely Thomasia glabripetala S.J. Patrick, endemic to the Avon Botanical District of the
South-West Botanical Province of Western Australia. This is a declared rare species which, until
recently, has been confused with Thomasia montana Steudel.

Introduction

This species was first collected in 1966 when it was identified as Thomasia montana Steudel. A
survey for Thomasia montana in 1983 resulted in the discovery of more populations of the then
undescribed T. glabripetala, but none of T. montana which had originally been collected in the York
area (Patrick 1984). It was not until 1986, when a population of the latter was discovered, that
comparison of fresh flowers of both species highlighted some of the differing characters that were not
readily evident in herbarium specimens (Hopper et al. 1 990)

Taxonomy

Thomasia glabripetala S.J. Patrick, sp. nov. (Figure 1)

T.montanae affinis sed differt floribus majoribus; calyce planiore, minus inciso; petalis longioribus,
appressa ad calycem, margine glabro; staminodiis plerumque brevioribus, triangularibus; ovario
4- v.5-locularibus.

Typus : York area [precise locality withheld], Western Australia, 10 October 1991, S.J. Patrick 901
(holo: PERTH; iso: CANB, K).

Shrub to 120 cm high; young stems with dense, brown stellate hairs. Stipules paired, leaf-like,
reniform or lobed, 6-16 mm long, stellate hairy on both surfaces. Leaves alternate; petiole 4-9 mm long;
lamina elliptic or oblong, 15-35x7-18 mm, somewhat wrinkled, both surfaces green with scattered stiff

120

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

1 mm

5 mm

Figure 1. Thomasia glabripetala. A - habit. B - petal. C - stamen, with two staminodes on section of staminal cup. and petal
at base. D - ovary and style. E - cross-section of ovary. F - flower. G - stellate hairs from leaf. Drawn from the holotype.

S.J. Patrick, Thomasia glabripelala

121

stellate hairs which are pale adaxially and rusty brown abaxially, particularly on young leaves.
Inflorescence simple, axillary, racemose, 4-7-flowered, 4.5-9 mm long including the densely brown,
stellate hairy peduncle. Bracteoles3, subtending the calyx, elliptic, stellate hairy on both surfaces, 6-16
mm long. Calyx purplish-pink, shallowly cupular, 9-17 mm long, with conspicuous stellate hairs
abaxially, and scattered, tine stellate hairs adaxially, divided for half or less than half its length, lobes
5,4-8 mm long, obtuse. Petals 5, broadly spathulate, with rounded or rarely indented apex, dark purple
with glabrous margins, or with a few white marginal hairs, 0.5-2.5 mm long, appressed against calyx.
Stamens 5, dark purple, 4-5.5 mm long, filaments basally connate forming a cup half as long as or equal
in length to the ovary; anthers 3-4.5 mm long. Staminodes 0.25- 1 .5 mm long, triangular, pale in colour,
green when fresh. Ovary 4-5 celled, 1-1.5 mm long, papillose. Ovules 8-9 per locule. Style 3-6 mm
long, glabrous, exserted beyond the stamens. Fruit a loculicidal capsule, crustaceous, 4-5-celled, c. 4
mm long. Seed not seen.

Flowering period. September to October.

Distribution. Endemic to the Avon Botanical District ofthe South-West Botanical Province of Western
Australia, occurring over a restricted geographical range of 10 km, in remnants of natural vegetation
to the east of Y ork.

Habitat. The species occurs in the open scrub layer of Eucalyptus wandoo woodland on deep yellow
sand over gravel.

Conservation status. A rare species known from five localities over a restricted range. The species was
declared as Rare Flora under provisions ofthe Wildlife Conservation Act of Western Australia in 1 987
(as Thomasia sp. (York) A.S. George 8075). It has the category 2VC of Briggs & Leigh (1988) where
it is listed as Thomasia sp. 1 (York),

Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: September 1 966, A.S. George 8075 (PERTH);
June 1984, S.J. Patrick 106 (BRI, PERTH); September 1985, S.J. Patrick 173, 174, 175 (PERTH);
September 1985, S.J. Patrick 176 (PERTH); September 1985, S.J. Patrick 179, 180 (PERTH);
September 1985,5.7. Patrick 181 (PERTH); September 1985,5./. Patrick 183, 184 (PERTH); York!
18 December 1986, T. W alley s.n. (PERTH) [precise localities withheld].

Etymology. The specific epithet draws attention to the glabrous petals of this species which help to
distinguish it from Thomasia montana.

Discussion. This species is apparently most closely related to T. montana Steudel. The latter can be
distinguished by the calyx, which is shorter, 6-10 mm long, more deeply cupular and which is divided
for never less than half its length into acute lobes. The petals are usually shorter, 1-1.5 mm long,
reniform in shape and the margins are densely hairy with the hairs sometimes extendi ng onto the adaxial
petal surface. Further, in fresh material the petals are held in a semi-erect position. The staminodes
are longer, 2-2.5 mm long, and the hypogynous staminal cup is as long as the ovary, which is
3- to 4-celled.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Diana Corbyn for writing the Latin diagnosis.

122

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

References

Briggs, J.D. & Leigh, J.H. ( 1 988). "Rare or Threatened Australian Plants." Revised cdn. (Australian National Parks & Wildlife
Service: Canberra.)

Hopper, S.D., van Leeuwen, S„ Brown, A.P. & Patrick, SJ. (1990). "Western Australia’s Endangered Flora." (Department of
Conservation & Land Management: Perth.)

Patrick, S.J. (1984). "Rare and Geographically Restricted Plants of Western Australia No.26.” Unpublished Report.
(Department of Fisheries & Wildlife: Perth.)

Nuytsia 9 (1): 123-130(1993)

123

Croninia kingiana (Epacridaceae), a change in status for
Leucopogon kingianus

J.M. Powell

National Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales 2000

Abstract

Powell, J.M. Croninia kingiana (Epacridaceae), a change in status for Leucopogon kingianus.
Nuytsia 9 (1): 123-130 (1993). Leucopogon kingianus , an endemic Western Australian species
exhibiting features atypical of Leucopogon is transferred to the new monotypic genus Croninia
J. Powell as C. kingiana (F. Muell.) J. Powell.

Notes on its distribution and ecology are given and its relationships within the tribe Styphelieae
discussed.

Introduction

Leucopogon kingianus, a species endemic in Western Australia, exhibits a number of features
unusual in the genus: the paired keeled fleshy bracts at the base of the inflorescence, the conspicuous
flowers with large pale-coloured bracteoles and sepals, the cylindrical corolla-tube with the lobes
spreading horizontally immediately above the sepals, the linear bifurcate anthers, hirsute style and
villous ovary (Figure 1).

Described initially by F. Mueller (1893) as Styphelia kingiana it was transferred to Leucopogon by
C.A. Gardner in his census of Western Australian plants (Gardner 1931). Mueller (1893) stated that
its relationships were 'near S. rufa [ Leucopogon rufus Lindl.], which likewise is an inhabitant of desert-
regions. It bears also some resemblance to S. xerophylla [Astroloma xerophyllum (DC.) Sond.].' The
former relationship would place it within Section Pleuranthus, series Concavae of Bentham (1869),
but Gardner (1931) placed it within series Planifoliae Benth. next to Leucopogon strictus Benth. His
reason for doing so is unclear.

Willis annotated a specimen collected in 1949 by J.C. Kissane from Cannington with detailed
drawings of the flower structure; he commented that the Western Australian Herbarium held the
opinion that the taxon probably represented a new genus of Epacridaceae (Willis 1953, MEL 87664
specimen annotation). Franks & Watson (1963) described the pollen under the name Styphelia
kingiana F. Muell. and commented that it was wrongly placed in that genus. They stated 'It does not
resemble any other genus [of Epacridaceae] very closely, and its distinctness should be recognised
taxonomically.’

124

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 1 . Flowering branch and flower structure of Croninia kingiana.. A: habit (scale bar = 10 ram) B, C: flower structure
and section (scale bar = 2 mm).

J.M. Powell, Croninia kingiana

125

Recent cladistic analyses (Powell et al. in press) also indicate that the taxon should be considered
as a distinct genus. Leucopogon kingianus belongs to sub-tribe Stypheliinae in the tribe Styphelieae
(Powell unpublished data) together with the genera Astroloma, Conostephium, Coleanthera, Styphelia,
Melichrus and Leucopogon section Pleuranthus. While the leaf fibre pattern (Figure 2E), distribution
of the stomata on the abaxial surface only, and ornamentation of the corolla hairs (Figures 3A, B) are
typical of members of the tribe Styphelieae, the pollen of this taxon appears unique in having an annulus
surrounding the pores, and a verrucate surface pattern (Figure 3E). The suggested possible relationships
with Leucopogon rufus or with Astroloma xerophylla (Mueller 1 893) are not supported by the detailed
morphological data.

Leucopogon kingianus is related to the genus Conostephium which also has linear bifurcate anthers
and short terete filaments attached to the anther immediately below the bifurcation. Conostephium is
unique however in having its corolla-lobes joined over most of their length to form a cone. The corolla
hairs of Conostephium are smooth-surfaced rather than ornamented, as in Leucopogon kingianus
(Figures 3A, B), and leaf venation is sub-parallel or actinodromous in most species of Conostephium
while it is strictly parallel in L. kingianus (Figure 2B). The pollen of the two genera differ also.

Croninia J. Powell, gen. nov.

Frutex parvus. Folia simplicia, spiralia, parallelinervia. Inflorescentiae axillares; flores solitariae,
bracteolis subtendis paucis et bracteis binatis, carinatis basi. Sepala quinque, scariosa. Corolla
quinqueloba; tubus cylindricus, intus pubescens; lobi breviter barbati, aestivione valvata. Stamina
quinque, tubo corollae proxime sub fauce inserta; filamenta brevia, teretia; anthera lineares, apice
breviter bilobo, fissura singulari longitudinali dehiscentes. Ovarium quinqueloculare, ovulis in
quoque loculo solitariis. placentatione apicali; stylus longus, in parva depressione ad apicem ovarii
inserta; stigma truncata. Nectarium annulare, margine lobato. Drupa sicca.

Small shrub\ branchlets pubescent with simple unicellular hairs. Leaves simple, spiral, shortly
petiolate, strongly parallel-veined. Flowering shoots auxotelic; pherophylls persistent. Flowers
solitary, axillary, subtended by a few bracteoles and with a pair of triangular keeled bracts at the base
of the short peduncle. Bracteoles grading upwards in size to the sepals, scarious, unkeeled, ciliolate
on the margins. Sepals 5, scarious, unkeeled, ciliolate on the margins. Corolla pentamerous; tube
cylindrical, pubescent inside with ornamented hairs; lobes triangular, thick and fleshy, valvate in bud,
shortly bearded on the upper surface. Stamens 5, inserted just below the throat of the corolla; filaments
short, terete, attached to the anther dorsally immediately below the bifurcate apex; anthers linear,
bifurcate at the apex, dehiscing by a single longitudinal slit. Gynoecium : style equal to or longer than
the corolla tube, inserted in a small depression at the ovary apex; stigma truncate; ovary 5-locular with
a single pendulous ovule per loculus; placentation apical. Nectary annular. Fruit a drupe, the mesocarp
thin and dry, the endocarp hard and bony.

The genus is named in honour of Michael and Mary Cronin (father and daughter) who farmed near
Dumbleyung from the early 1 880's. They collected botanical specimens for Ferdinand Mueller from
many different areas between Perth and Albany and eastwards to the goldfields (Diels in Carr 1981,
Hamersley 1981 ).

Croninia kingiana (F. Muell.) J. Powell stat. et comb. nov. (Figure 1)

Basionym: Styphelia kingiana F. Muell. The Victorian Naturalist 10:78 (1893)

126

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Figure 2. Scanning electron micrographs of leaves and corolla lobe. A : adaxial leaf tip ( x80); B : abaxial leaf tip (x80); C: adaxial
hairs and wax (x2550); D: abaxial surface near furrows (xl300); E: leaf transverse section (x500); F.H: corolla lobe and hairs
(x!30; x400); G: lobe margin (x3800).

J.M. Powell, Croninia kingiana

127

Type citation: 'Near Lake Deborah; Cronin. 1 Holotype: Western Australia: Coolgardie: Lake Deborah,
Cronin, 1893 (MEL 1512224).

Synonym: Leucopogon kingianus (F. Muell.) C.A. Gardner, Enum. PI. Austral. Occ. 105 (1931).

An erect, compact shrub, 40-100 cm high. Stems slender, erect, grey or dark grey-brown, glabrous,
with thin tessellated to flakey bark, with prominent leaf-scars; branchlets yellow-brown or red-brown,
usually densely hispidulous. Leaves bluish green, evenly spaced along the branches or sometimes more
crowded towards the branch ends, erect to sub-erect or occasionally horizontally spreading, ovate,
3.3-1 1.6 mm long, 1.5-5. 6 mm wide; apex acute with a 0.4-1 mm long aristate tip (Figure 2B); base
cuneate or truncate; petiole poorly developed. 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or scabrous; lamina thick,
slightly concave adaxially, concolorous or slightly discolorous, scabrid to hispidulous (Figure 2A) and
often hispid near base adaxially, scabrous to densely hispidulous abaxially (Figure 2B); venation
inconspicuous adaxially, strongly parallel-ribbed and grooved abaxially with 5-9 veins (Figures 2B,
D, E), not branching to the margins; margin minutely denticulate. Young seasonal growth leaves are
smaller, almost orbicular and with a shorter tip. Inflorescences clustered near the branch tips, the
flowers large, extending past the leaves, white, erect; peduncles very short; rudiment absent. Basal
bracts ovate-triangular, keeled, fleshy, 1 .6-2 mm long, 0.7-1. 4 mm wide, acute, glabrous or scabrous
and with ciliolate margins. Bracteoles 3 or 4, orbicular, 1.5-6 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, pale yellow-
green, sub-obtuse to obtuse, apiculate, glabrous or scabrous outside, the margins ciliolate to ciliate near
the apex. Sepals ovate, 9-10.3 mm long, 2.3-3 .7 mm wide, pale yellow-green, acute, apiculate, glabrous
or scabrous towards the apex outside, with ciliolate to ciliate margins. Corolla-tube: pale yellow-green,
shorter than the sepals, 6.7-8. 3 mm long, 1 .9-4 mm wide, glabrous outside or scabrous over the upper
1-2 mm, pubescent inside to near base with ornamented hairs (Figure 3B); lobes always shorter than
the corolla-tube, white, erect at the base, horizontally spreading above, 4.2-6 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide,
very acute (Figure 2F), the margin minutely serrate-papillose near the apex or overall (Figure 2G),
externally glabrous or scabrous, internally tomentose near base, shortly bearded above, the hairs
becoming shorter towards the apex and with the upper 0.5-1 mm glabrous (Figures 2F, FI); lobe hairs
long and twisted, with sparse to dense long-rectangular tubercules on the surface (Figure 3A). Anthers
pink to brown, linear, 4. 1-4.9 mm long, bifurcate (Figure 3C) and sterile over the upper 0.3-0. 7 mm,
acute at the base (Figure 3D ); filaments 0.2-0. 6 urn long, fleshy, terete, attached below the bifurcate
apex (Figure 3C); pollen monad, spherical, 36-42 pm diameter, 8- periporate, the pores with a thickened
annulus, the surface fine-verrucate; no tetrad scar obvious (Figure 3E). Ovary- dark green, ovoid or
pyriform, 1.4-2 mm high, 0.7- 1.3 mm wide, sub-angular over the lower half, bristly at the apex and
clothed with longer hairs (up to 3 mm long) from near the base (Figure 3F), 5-locular; style woolly- white
(Figures 3F-I), 7.5-10 mm long, usually longer than the tube but hidden in the erect corolla- lobe bases,
hollow and 5-channelled in transverse section, slenderly obclavate but narrowing abruptly at the ovary
and inserted in a shallow depression at the apex; stigma small, truncate or obscurely 5-lobed
(Figure 3G), 0.1 -0.2 mm high. Nectary annular but very deeply lobed (Figure 3F), 0.6-0. 9 mm high,
glabrous, with shallowly lobed upper margin. Fruit ovoid, dry, 4-5 mm high, c. 3 mm across, covered
with long erect silky hairs; endocarp woody, ribbed; style base persistent.

Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: IRWIN: Badgingarra, A.C. Burns 107,
18 Sep. 1971 (PERTH); Brand Highway (153 m.p.) [41 km N of Badgingarra], Demarz 10321,
7 Oct. 1984 (PERTH); Cadda Road, Badgingarra area, F.W. Humphreys 5678/65, 14 Sep. 1965
(PERTH); 1 .6 km S of Mullering Brook on Brand Hwy, S of Badgingarra, R. Johnson 3229, 25 Sep.
1976 (BRI, PERTH); 9 mis E of Mt Peron, Newbey 2300, 31 Aug. 1965 (PERTH). DARLING:
Drummond: base of Darling Range, R.J. CranfieldAA, 120ct. 1977 (PERTH); Prinsep Road, Jandakot,
J. Dodd, 9 May 1978 (PERTH 02429853); Gnangara, C.A. Gardner 131 18, 13 July 1971 (PERTH);

128

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 ( 1993)

Figure 3. Scanning electron micrographs of corolla hairs, anthers, pollen and gynoecium. A: corolla-lobe hairs (x5000);
B: corolla-tube hairs (x5000); C: anther apex and filament attachment (x260): D: base of anther (x260); E: pollen (x4000)
F: ovary, style base and nectary (x80); G: upper style and stigma 1x300); H: upper style surface (xl 100); I: mid-style hairs
(x500).

J.M. Powell, Crnninia kingiana

129

c. 2 miles [3 km] N of settlement, Gnangara Pine Plantation, A. S. George 889, 3 Aug. 1960 (MEL, NSW,
PERTH); 20 miles [32 km] N of Gingin on Dandaragan road, A.S. George 1 698, 14 Nov. 1960 (MEL,
PERTH); off Brand Hwy, 13 km N of Jurien Road, E.A. Griffin 2232, 14 Sep. 1979 (CANB, PERTH);
0.7 km W of Brand Hwy, 25.3 km N of junction with Gingin Brook road, R. Hnatiuk 790039, 27 Sep.
1979 (PERTH); end of Glendale Crescent, Jandakot, G.J. Keighery 1 1780, 21 Nov. 1990 (PERTH);
near Nicholson road swamp, Canning Vale, Kissane, 29 Aug. 1 949 (MEL 87664); margin of Jandakot
airport, Perth, Powell 131 1, 25 Aug. 1979 (CANB, K, L, NSW, PERTH); Cannington, Kissane , Sep.
1948 (PERTH 02429845); Verna Street, Gosnells, R.J. Cranfield 534, 1 Aug. 1978 (PERTH). Dale:
Yornamng Reserve, c. 26 km ESE of Popanyinning, B.G. Muir 415, 12Sep. 1975 (PERTH). Warren:
c. 20 ml from Walpole near Nornalup Hwy, Burnett area, P. Gnuske 22, Oct. 1966 (PERTH). AVON:
near Lake Wagin, Cronin, 1 890 (MEL 87666, NSW); Kellerbemn, MacNeil. 26 Sep. 1972 (PERTH
02429616); Corrigin district, s.coll., 20 Sep. 1961 (PERTH 02429632).

Distribution and habitat. Found in the Irwin, Avon and Darling Districts of the South-West Botanical
Province eastwards to the Coolgardie District of the South-Western Interzone. Often recorded as
locally common, growing in deep greyish white or yellow sand within open heath or low open
woodlands. (Figure 4).

Flowering and fruiting period. Flowers in August and September with fruit in November.

Figure 4. Distribution of Crnninia kingiana.

130

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Typification: C.A. Gardner annotated the label of a type fragment (designated syntype - PERTH
02429659) at PERTH ' This species is confined to the country between Gnangara and Cannington, so
that a mistake has been made by Mueller in locality and collector.' More recent collections indicate a
much wider distribution of this species (Figure 4) and hence the type location should not be dismissed
before further collection in the area has been undertaken.

Conservation status. Herbarium records indicate the species is relatively widely distributed, but
populations are small and some are threatened as they are near suburban developments. Known to be
conserved in Badgingarra National Park and also possibly in Lesueur National Park.

Acknowledgements

I should like to thank Bob Roden for preparing the line drawing, Tony Martin for help with the
scanning electron microscopy and Barbara Wiecek for preparing the photographs and map for
publication. Thanks are due also to the Directors of PERTH and MEL herbaria for the loan of
specimens. Australian Biological Resources Study grant funds assisted this project and are gratefully
acknowledged.

References

Bentham, G. (1869). "Flora Australicnsis" Vol. 4. (Reeve & Co.: London.)

Carr, D.J. (1981). Extratropical Western Australia - translation of first part (pp.41-72) of L. Diels Plant World of Western
Australia, Leipzig, 1906; In D.J. & S.G.M. Carr (eds) "People and Plants in Australia." (Academic Press Australia:
Sydney.)

Franks. J.W & Watson, L. (1963). The pollen morphology of some critical Ericales. Pollen et Spores 5(1): 51-68.

Gardner, C.A. (1931). Enumeratio Plantarum Australiae Occidentalis Part 3.

Hamersley, M.J. (1981). Botany and Society in the Swan River Colony, pp. 259-279; In D.J. & S.G.M. Carr (eds) "People
and Plants in Australia." (Academic Press Australia: Sydney.)

Mueller. F. (1893). Descriptions of new Australian plants, with occasional other annotations, [continued]. The Victorian
Naturalist 10: 78-79. (An offprint of this paper was published in the 'Neue Litteratur' section of Botanishes Centralblatt
(1893) 56: 124-125.)

Powell, J.M., Morrison, D. & Chapman, A.R., (in press). The Epacridaceae - a cladistic analysis.

Nuytsia 9 (1): 131-133 (1993)

131

Cytological notes in Rutaceae. 1: Boronia tenuis

Helen M. Stace 1 & S. J. Patrick 2

'Botany Department, University of Western Australia, Nedlands, Western Australia 6009
"Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management,
PO Box 104, Como, Western Australia 6152

Abstract

Helen M. Stace & Patrick, S.J. Cytological notes in Rutaceae. 1: Boronia tenuis. Nuytsia 9(1):
131-133 (1993). A new chromosome number determination for Boronia tenuis (n= 1 6) corrects a prior
report and has implications for the cytotaxonomy of Boronia in Western Australia.

Introduction

Boronia Sm. (c. 100 spp.) is the largest genus of the Australasian tribe Boronieae (Rutaceae) and
more than 45 species are Western Australian (Green 1985), The genus shows considerable cytoe volution
through dysploidy from x=l 8 to n=7 (Smith- White 1 954, Stace & Armstrong 1992). Boronia is of key
interest in the cytotaxonomy of the Boronieae and family Rutaceae, as Smith- White (1954) utilised the
available cytological data to argue that the genus, tribe and family had evolved from a base number of
x=9 with most higher numbers having evolved from ancient polyploid ancestors (paleopolyploidy).
This view was followed by Weston et at. (1984) in their cladistic analysis of Boronia , but their
cladogram incorporating chromosome number information was reinterpreted by Stace et al. (1993) to
show that Boronia , Boronieae and Rutaceae had evolved from a probable diploid base of x=18.

One of the key species supporting the possibility that Boronia had evolved on x=9 is B. tenuis Benth.
This relatively rare species is known from several populations along the Darling Scarp, Western
Australia (Patrick & Hopper 1981, Marchant etal. 1987) and at Cape Naturaliste some 150 km south-
west of the Scarp populations. It was reported as n=9 by Smith-White ( 1954) although all cytologically
known related species in section Cyanothamnus (Bentham 1863, Weston et al. 1984) are x=18
(n=18, 36). This note re-examines Smith-White’s report in verified collections of B. tenuis from two
localities east and south-east of Perth.

Methods

Young floral buds of B. tenuis plants from Bickley and North Dandalup were fixed in Bradley’s
fluid, and anther squashes stained in Snow’s alcoholic carmine were examined for pollen mother cell
(p.m.c.) meiosis. Vouchers (S.J. Patrick 1049, 1050) are housed at the Western Australian Herbarium
(PERTH).

132

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

Results

Meiotic metaphase I and II cells clearly indicate that B. tenuis is n=16 from both populations
(Figure 1). Meiosis is normal with no indications of multivalent formation. The two locations are about
60 km apart and sample much of the species' known distribution on the Darling Scarp.

Figure 1 . Meiosis in B. tenuis , n=!6; metaphase I, polar view, showing sixteen bivalents.
Bickley, Western Australia.

Discussion

B. tenuis is a small diffuse perennial plant and apparently rather advanced both morphologically
and cytologically within section Cyanothamnus where six other species are presently reported as x=l 8.
This is the first report of n= 1 6 in a species of this section, but it is consistent with dy sploid cytoevolution
from x=18. In certain key characters B. tenuis groups with four other WA species B. busselliana
F. Muelk, B. defoliata F. Muell., B. fabianoides (Diels) P. G. Wilson and B subsessilis Benth. (Weston
et al. 1984) and it remains to be seen whether n=16 is typical of this and any other subgroupings of
Boronia-Cyanothamnus species. Other reports of n= 16 occur in eastern Australian species of section
Valvatac (Smith-White 1954, Weston et al. 1 984), where, presumably, it has evolved independently.

Smith-White’s voucher of 'B. tenuis ' from Albany has not been found, but probably the species
determination was incorrect as B. tenuis Benth. is not known to occur in that district (P.G. Wilson, pers.
comm). It is clear that n=9 is neither definitive nor typical for B. tenuis Benth. Our new determination
discounts the paleopolyploid model but further affirms the value of diploid chromosome number
information in the taxonomy and evolution of Bornnia (Smith-White 1954). Two-thirds of the genus
are cytologically unknown but offer an intriguing area for future cytoevolutionary and ecological
genetics research.

Acknowledgements

We thank Paul Wilson for herbarium determinations of B. tenuis , Jim Armstrong for discussions
and the Western Australian Water Authority for funding field research along the Darling Scarp.

Helen M. Stace & S J. Patrick, Cytological notes in Rutaceae

133

References

Bentham. G. (1863), "Flora Australiensis", vol. I. (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London.)

Green, J.W. (1985). "Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia" edn. 2. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)
Marchant.N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. and Macfarlane.T.D. (1987). "Flora of the Perth Region
Part 1". (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.)

Patrick, S.J. and Hopper, S.D. (1982). "A guide to the gazetted rare flora of Western Australia: Supplement 1". (Western
Australian Department of Fisheries and Wildlife: Perth.)

Smith-White, S . ( 1 954). Chromosome numbers in the Boronieae (R utaceae) and their bearing on the evolutionary development
of the tribe in the Australian flora. Austral. J. Bot. 2: 287-303.

Stace, H.M. and Armstrong, J. A. (1992). New chromosome numbers for Rutaceae. Austral. Syst. Bot. 5:501-5.

Stace, H.M., Armstrong, J. A. and James, S.H. (1993). Cytoevolutionary patterns in Rutaceae. PI. Syst. Evol. (in press).
Weston, P.H., Carolin, R.C. and Armstrong, J. A. (1984). A cladistic analysis of Boronia Sm. and Boronella Bail], (Rutaceae).
Austral. J. Bot. 32: 187-203.

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 8 Number 3: 7 September 1992

134

Nuytsia Vol. 9, No. 1 (1993)

CORRECTION

Correction to "New names and combinations for some Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) species and
subspecies from the south-west of Western Australia considered rare or threatened " by F.C. Quinn,
K.J. Cowley, B.A. Barlow and K.R. Thiele, Nuytsia 8(3): 333-350 (1992).

In the above paper, a new subspecies Melaleuca huegelii subsp. pristicensis Barlow, subsp. nov.
was described. In the heading on page 338 the spelling 'pritsicensis' was printed. This was a
typographical error and the correct spelling is 'pristicensis'. - Editor.

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIAN FLORA
R: Declared Rare Flora - Extant Taxa (= Threatened Flora = Endangered + Vulnerable)

Taxa which have been adequately searched for, and are deemed to be in the wild either rare, in
danger of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such,
following approval by the Minister for the Environment, after recommendation by the State's
Endangered Flora Consultative Committee.

X: Declared Rare Flora - Presumed Extinct Flora

Taxa which have not been collected, or otherwise verified, over the past 50 years despite thorough
searching, or of which all known wild populations have been destroyed more recently, and have
been gazetted as such, following approval by the Minister for the Environment, after recommendation
by the State's Endangered Flora Consultative Committee.

1: Priority One - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations which are under threat, either
due to small population size, or being on lands under immediate threat, e.g. road verges, urban areas,
farmland, active mineral leases, etc., or the plants are under threat, e.g. from disease, grazing by feral
animals, etc. May include taxa with threatened populations on protected lands. Such taxa are under
consideration for declaration as 'rare flora', but are in urgent need of further survey.

2: Priority Two - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from one or a few (generally <5) populations, at least some of which are
believed to be under immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are under
consideration for declaration as 'rare flora', but are in urgent need of further survey.

3: Priority Three - Poorly Known Taxa

Taxa which are known from several populations, at least some of which are not believed to be under
immediate threat (i.e. not currently endangered). Such taxa are under consideration for declaration
as 'rare flora', but are in need of further survey.

4: Priority Four - Rare Taxa

Taxa which are considered to have been adequately surveyed and which, whilst being rare (in
Australia), are not currently threatened by any identifiable factors. These taxa require monitoring
every 5-10 years.

Notes for Authors

135

Nuytsia publishes papers relating to the flora of Western Australia. All papers are refereed and the Herbarium reserves
the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate, typewritten and double spaced. Printing is now done using a desktop
publishing system. After final acceptance of papers authors are requested to provide floppy discs readable directly by
IBM computer. Wherever possible, the MS-WORD software should be used. Alternatives should be discussed with the
editor before preparing manuscripts.

Great care with layout, spacing and typography must be exercised in the preparation of electronic manuscripts. In
particular, note the following. Text is not to be right-justified. Where manuscripts are compiled with software other than
MS-WORD all headings and paragraphs are to be left-justified. Within a paragraph two spaces are required between
sentences; after colons, semicolons, commas and dashes a single space is required. Where MS-WORD is used, text should
be italicised or emboldened where appropriate.

Original figures should not be lettered but instead accompanied by copies indicating lettering. Page proofs will be
forwarded to authors for cheeking. Twenty reprints of each paper will be provided free of charge; no additional copies
may be ordered. Style and layout should follow recent numbers of Nuytsia. noting particularly the following.

Title. Should include the family name of genera or species treated, but not authorities. New taxa should be named if not
numerous. The geographic area of study should be given where appropriate.

Abstract. The paragraph (or paragraphs) should be indented and commence with bibliographic information. New taxa,
combinations and names should be listed. The major contents of the paper should be summarised but no additional
material given. Key words indicating all ideas and topics covered by the paper must be included to facilitate computerised
abstract searching.

Headings. All headings should be in capitals and lowercase, major headings being centred and minor ones left-justified.
Keys. May be either indented (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 277) or bracketed (e.g. Nuytsia 5: 84). Indented keys involving more than
nine levels of indentation should be avoided.

Species treatments. Use of certain named paragraphs, or sets of paragraphs, for matter following the descriptions is
encouraged. The desired sequence and examples of commonly used headings are shown below. Recommended headings
which are italicised below, should be left-justified, followed by text on the same line.

( 1 ) Taxon name, synonymy (if any) and type details (for previously published taxa).

(2) Latin (for new taxa - indented).

(3) Typus: (for new taxa - not indented).

(4) English description (indented).

(5) Other specimens examined or Selected specimens examined as appropriate.

(6) Distribution.

(7) Habitat.

(8) Flowering period.

(9) Fruiting period.

(10) Typification (discussion).

(11) Affinities or Relationships.

(12) Discussion or Comments or Notes.

(13) Conservation status. (Department of Conservation and Land Management conservation codes for rare and
threatened (Declared Rare Flora) WA taxa are given in each issue).

(14) Etymology.

Threatened species. It is the policy of CALM not to publish precise locality data for threatened species. Authors are
therefore requested not to cite precise locality data when describing threatened species. Generalised localities should be
given accompanied by the statement "precise locality withheld".

Synonymy. The desired format is that used by P.G. Wilson, Nuytsia 4: 135-262.

Standard abbreviations. It is suggested that where possible the following standards be followed.

(1) Author abbreviations - Brummitt, R.K. & Powell, C.E. (1992). Authors of Plant Names. (Royal Botanic Gardens;
Kew.)

(2) Book titles in literature citations - Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. ( 1976-83). Taxonomic Literature. Edn 2. (I.A.P.T.:
Utrecht) (but with capital initial letters.) - Green. J.W. (1985). Census of the Vascular Plants of Western Australia.
Edn 2. Pp. 20-24. (Department of Agriculture; Perth.)

(3) Journal titles in literature citations and reference lists - Lawrence, G.H.M. etal. ( 1 968). B-P-H (Botanico-Periodicum-
Hunlianum). - Green lac. cit.

Figures. Numbers should follow a single sequence including maps.

Structure of papers. Authors are encouraged to use the conventional structure of scientific papers when acomplete study
is being reported (e.g. a revision). A Methods section should include the method of drawing up the descriptions from
specimens, extent of search fortypes, and discussion of concepts for choice of taxonomic categories. A Discussion section
should be considered, which would include some or all of the fol lowing; a summary of the findings, emphasising the most
significant; interpretation of the results in the light of other relevant work; statement of new problems which have arisen;
advising of aspects which are to be followed up; suggestion of topics which others might usefully pursue; prediction and
speculation. 0980-0593-600

CONTENTS

New series, subseries, species and subspecies
of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia
and from South Australia.

By M.I.H. Brooker and S.D. Hopper

1

Acacia Miscellany 7. Acacia sulcata and related taxa
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Western Australia.

By R.S. Cowan

69

Acacia Miscellany 8. Acacia masliniana (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae: Section Plurinerves),
a new species of Western Australia.

By R.S. Cowan

79

Acacia Miscellany 9. The taxonomic status of
Acacia coriacea (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae:
Section Plurinerves ).

By R.S. Cowan and B.R. Maslin

83

A new species of Restionaceae from south-west
Western Australia.

By K.W. Dixon, K.A. Meney and J.S. Pate

91

Drummondita wilsonii, Philotheca langei and P. basistyla
(Rutaceae), new species from south-west Western Australia.
By F.H. Mollemans

95

The status, ecology and relationships of Meziella
(Haloragaceae).

By A.E. Orchard and G.J. Keighery

111

Thomasia glabripetala (Sterculiaceae), a new species from
south-west Western Australia.

By S.J. Patrick

119

Croninia kingiana (Epacridaceae), a change in status for
Leucopogon kingianus.

By J.M. Powell

123

Cytological notes in Rutaceae. 1 : Boronia tenuis.

By Helen M. Stace and SJ. Patrick

131

Publication date of Nuytsia Volume 8 Number 3

133

Correction: Nuytsia 8(3) :33 8

134

Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora

134

Notes for Authors

135

ISSN 0085-4417

Print Post Approved PP665002/00003